Top Banner
UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2 Section 09 23 00 Page 1 *************************************************************************** USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 23 00 (August 2016) --------------------------- Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding UFGS-09 23 00 (August 2010) UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017 *************************************************************************** SECTION 09 23 00 GYPSUM PLASTERING 08/16 *************************************************************************** NOTE: This guide specification covers the requirements for interior and exterior plaster work. Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing this guide specification or preparing new project specification sections. Edit this guide specification for project specific requirements by adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed items, choose applicable item(s) or insert appropriate information. Remove information and requirements not required in respective project, whether or not brackets are present. Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for this guide specification are welcome and should be submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR). *************************************************************************** *************************************************************************** NOTE: Gypsum plaster refers to interior work. Stucco refers to cement plaster used on the building exterior. Indicate on the project drawings the extent and location of the work to be accomplished, and the type of plaster required. *************************************************************************** *************************************************************************** NOTE: Specification requirements of a one-coat system are Portland cement plaster with a sand float finish applied to concrete masonry units and concrete surfaces. *************************************************************************** *************************************************************************** NOTE: This specification is for unrestrained stucco and plaster systems. Design and detail the cold- formed metal framing (Section 05 40 00 - COLD-FORMED
221

********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

May 18, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 23 00 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding

UFGS-09 23 00 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 23 00

GYPSUM PLASTERING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for interior and exterior plaster work.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Gypsum plaster refers to interior work.

Stucco refers to cement plaster used on the building

exterior. Indicate on the project drawings the

extent and location of the work to be accomplished,

and the type of plaster required.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Specification requirements of a one-coat

system are Portland cement plaster with a sand float

finish applied to concrete masonry units and concrete

surfaces.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This specification is for unrestrained stucco

and plaster systems. Design and detail the cold-

formed metal framing (Section 05 40 00 - COLD-FORMED

Page 2: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 2

METAL FRAMING), lathing (Section 09 22 36 - LATH),

and (Section 09 22 00 - SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND

GYPSUM BOARD) to provide an unrestrained system.

Also design and detail sleeve and caulking for fire

sprinkler, electrical, and mechanical penetrations to

avoid transferring structural or vibrational loads

from these systems to the plaster panels.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For terminology on gypsum plaster, refer to

latest edition of Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco)

Manual by Portland Cement Association and ASTM C11

Standard Terminology Relating to Gypsum and Related

Building Materials and Systems.

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C206 (2014) Standard Specification for Finishing

Hydrated Lime

ASTM C28/C28M (2010) Gypsum Plasters

ASTM C35 (2001; R 2014) Inorganic Aggregates for Use

in Gypsum Plaster

Page 3: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 3

ASTM C472 (1999; R 2014) Physical Testing of Gypsum,

Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete

ASTM C59/C59M (2000; R 2011) Gypsum Casting Plaster and

Gypsum Molding Plaster

ASTM C61/C61M (2000; R 2011) Gypsum Keene's Cement

ASTM C631 (2009; R 2014) Bonding Compounds for Interior

Gypsum Plastering

ASTM C842 (2005; E 2010; R 2010) Application of

Interior Gypsum Plaster

ASTM E1042 (2002; R 2014) Acoustically Absorptive

Materials Applied by Trowel or Spray

FM GLOBAL (FM)

FM APP GUIDE (updated on-line) Approval Guide

http://www.approvalguide.com/

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL Fire Resistance (2014) Fire Resistance Directory

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

Page 4: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 4

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control

approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Request for samples as noted below only where

walls are textured.

***************************************************************************

SD-03 Product Data

Gypsum Base Coat Plaster

Gypsum Finish Coat Plaster

SD-04 Samples

Sample Panel; G[, [_____]]

Submit four 900 mm (36 inch) square panels of varying texture for

the Contracting Officer's approval.

Gypsum Plaster Full Size Sample; G[, [_____]]

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Ready-Mix Gypsum Plaster

[Acoustical Plaster Finish

] Submit manufacturer's printed mixing instructions for ready-mix

plaster[ and acoustical plaster finish].

[1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.3.1 Sample Panels

Erect sample panel at the building site, or as otherwise directed. Finished

gypsum plaster work must match the approved sample panel.

]1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Page 5: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 5

Deliver manufactured materials in the manufacturers' original unbroken

packages or containers which are labeled plainly with the manufacturers'

names and brands. Keep cementitious materials dry and stored off the

ground, under cover, and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces

until ready for use. Keep materials wrapped and separate from off-gassing

materials, such as paints and adhesives. Do not use materials that have

visible moisture or biological growth.

1.5 GYPSUM PLASTER FULL SIZE SAMPLE

After selection of an acceptable texture, construct a sample [panel] [wall]

separate from the building, minimum size of [2400] [_____] mm ([8] [_____]

ft)in height, by [2400] [_____] mm ([8] [_____] ft) in length, using 150

mm(6 inch) metal studs, and gypsum board, metal lath and gypsum plaster.

The sample wall must show all aspects of gypsum plaster work, including but

not limited to, expansion joints, control joints, corner extrusions,[

[electrical][ mechanical][ and][ fire sprinkler] penetration[s]] and casing

beads. A sample of a control joint and extrusion butt joint must also be

incorporated into the sample wall. Finish work must match the approved

sample panel.[ Divide the panel into four equal quadrants with the

expansion and control joints to show each phase of work, lath, scratch coat,

brown coat, and finish coats.] Provide and protect the sample wall from

damage during the length of the contract.

1.6 SCHEDULING AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Commence application only after the area scheduled for gypsum plastering

work is completely weathertight. The heating, ventilating, and air-

conditioning systems must be complete and in operation prior to application

of the plaster. If the mechanical system cannot be activated before veneer

plastering is begun, the plastering may proceed in accordance with an

approved plan to maintain the environmental requirements specified below.

Apply plaster prior to the installation of finish flooring and acoustic

ceiling.

1.6.1 Environmental Requirements

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Gypsum plaster is a very thin coating that

will be adversely affected by extreme of non-uniform

drying conditions and by rapid changes in

temperature. It should not be used in spaces where

adequate environmental control cannot be obtained.

***************************************************************************

Do not expose the gypsum base to excessive sunlight prior to plaster

application, as bond failure of the plaster may result. Maintain a

continuous uniform temperature of not less than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F)

and not more than 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) for at least one week prior to

the application of veneer plaster, while the plastering is being done, and

for at least one week after the plaster is set. Shield air supply and

distribution devices to prevent any uneven flow of air across the plastered

surfaces. Provide ventilation to exhaust moist air to the outside during

plaster application, set, and until plaster is dry. In glazed areas, keep

windows open top and bottom or side to side 75 to 100 mm (3 to 4 inches).

Openings can be reduced in cold weather. For enclosed areas lacking natural

ventilation, provide temporary mechanical means for ventilation. In

Page 6: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 6

unglazed areas subjected to hot, dry winds or temperature differentials from

day to night of 10 degrees C (20 degrees F) or more, screen openings with

cheesecloth or similar materials. Avoid rapid drying. During periods of

low indoor humidity, provide minimum air circulation following plastering

and until plaster is dry.

[1.7 FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For fire-resistive assemblies, drawing details

must follow the tested and approved designs. The

addition of gypsum plaster to an approved gypsum

wallboard design will improve the fire-resistive

properties of the partitions. Tested and approved

designs are published by gypsum wallboard

manufacturers, Underwriters Laboratory, and Factory

Mutual, and are included in the Gypsum Association

Fire Resistance Design Manual.

***************************************************************************

Comply with specified fire-rated assemblies for design numbers indicated per

UL Fire Resistance or FM APP GUIDE.

]PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

Conform to the specifications, standards, and requirements specified herein.

Provide asbestos-free materials.

2.2 GYPSUM BASE COAT PLASTER

[2.2.1 Gypsum Neat Plaster Base Coat

ASTM C28/C28M.

][2.2.2 Gypsum Ready-Mixed Plaster Base Coat

ASTM C28/C28M.

][2.2.3 Gypsum Wood-Fibered Plaster Base Coat

ASTM C28/C28M.

][2.2.4 High Strength Gypsum Plaster Base Coat

ASTM C28/C28M, gypsum neat plaster, except plaster must have a compressive

strength of not less than 17.25 MPa (2,500 psi), when tested dry in

accordance with ASTM C472.

]2.3 GYPSUM FINISH COAT PLASTER

[2.3.1 Gypsum Gauging Plaster Finish Coat

ASTM C28/C28M.

Page 7: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 7

][2.3.2 High Strength Gypsum Gauging Plaster Finish Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: High strength gauging plaster, when blended

with finish lime-putty, produces a finish plaster

with controlled set, early hardness and strength, and

resistance to shrinkage cracks.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C28/C28M, gypsum gauging plaster, except plaster must have a

compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in

accordance with ASTM C472.

][2.3.3 Gypsum Molding Plaster for Ornamental Plaster

ASTM C59/C59M.

][2.3.4 Keene's Cement Finish Coat

ASTM C61/C61M.

][2.3.5 Acoustical Plaster Finish Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Selected type and grade of plaster to provide

the required acoustical characteristics. Acoustical

plaster is not recommended for use in places where

heavy abrasion and rough usage is expected.

***************************************************************************

ASTM E1042 Type [I,] [II,] Class A, noncombustible.

]2.4 HYDRATED LIME

ASTM C206, Type S.

2.5 AGGREGATES

2.5.1 Sand for Gypsum Base Coats

ASTM C35.

Sand Gradation: Percentage retained by weight (plus or minus 2

percent) on each sieve.

Sieve Size Maximum Minimum

No. 4 [4760 microns] 0 0

No. 8 [2380 microns] 5 0

No. 16 [1190 microns] 30 5

No. 30 [ 590 microns] 65 30

Page 8: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 8

Sieve Size Maximum Minimum

No. 50 [ 300 microns] 95 65

No. 100 [ 150 microns] 100 90

2.5.2 Sand for Gypsum Sand Float Finish

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Aggregates for finish-coat plaster should be

less than No. 16 sieve size. Larger sizes may be

added for finish appearance purposes. Select sieve

number that will provide the desired texture. Float

texture is governed by maximum sieve sizes of sand.

Sieve sizes of 20 to 30 provide a fine float finish

and 16 to 20 provide a coarse finish.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C842.

Sand Gradation: Percentage retained by weight (plus or minus 2

percent) on each sieve.

Sieve Size Maximum Minimum

No. 20 [850 microns] 0

No. 30 [590 microns] 0.5

No. 100 [150 microns] 100 40

No. 200 [ 75 microns] 100 70

2.5.3 Lightweight Aggregates, Perlite or Vermiculite for Gypsum Base Coat

ASTM C35.

2.5.4 Silica Sand or Perlite Fines

For use in lime-putty gypsum-gauged finish, aggregated white coat, must have

the following gradation: 10 percent maximum retained on a No. 30 sieve (590

microns), 4 percent minimum and 70 percent maximum retained on a No. 100

sieve (150 microns), and 70 percent minimum and 100 percent maximum retained

on No. 200 sieve (75 microns).

2.6 WATER

Use only potable water, free of mineral and organic substances that affect

the hardening and durability of the plaster or stucco.

2.7 PROPORTIONING

Unless specified otherwise, materials are specified on a volume basis and

must be measured in approved containers, to ensure that the specified

Page 9: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 9

proportions will be controlled and accurately maintained during the progress

of the work. Measuring materials with shovels (shovel count) is not be

permitted. Prepare ready-mix gypsum plaster for use by the addition of

water only.

2.7.1 Gypsum Base Coat Plaster

***************************************************************************

NOTE: List all conditions where sand or lightweight

aggregate should not be used.

***************************************************************************

Use of sand or lightweight aggregate is optional in gypsum plaster

basecoats, except provide (1) sand for Keene's cement and high strength

gypsum-gauged finish coats; (2) lightweight aggregate when necessary for a

required fire resistance rating [; and (3) [_____]].

2.7.1.1 Sand and Gypsum Plaster Base Coat

Mix scratch coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster

to not more than 56 liter (2 cu ft) of damp loose sand; mix brown coat in

the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster to not more than 85

liter (3 cu ft) of damp loose sand; or scratch and brown coats may both be

mixed in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster to not more

than 70 liter (2-1/2 cubic feet) of damp loose sand.[ Mix the basecoats for

double-up work in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster

to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of damp loose sand on gypsum lath][

and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of damp loose sand on masonry].]

2.7.1.2 Lightweight Aggregate and Gypsum Plaster Base Coat

Mix scratch coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat plaster

to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of lightweight aggregate on gypsum

lath,][ and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of lightweight aggregate on

masonry]. Mix brown coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of gypsum neat

plaster to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of lightweight aggregate on

gypsum lath][ and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of light weight

aggregate on masonry]. Where plaster thickness exceeds 25 mm (one inch),

the aggregate proportion may be increased to 85 liter (3 cu ft). [Mix the

basecoats in two-coat double-up work in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of

gypsum neat plaster to[ not more than 70 liter (2-1/2 cu ft) of lightweight

aggregate on gypsum lath][ and][ not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of

lightweight aggregate on masonry]]. Gypsum ready-mixed plaster with perlite

aggregate may be provided in lieu of field-mixed lightweight aggregate and

gypsum plaster, provided the specified proportion of aggregate to plaster

does not exceed the proportion specified for field-mixed plaster.

2.7.1.3 Sand and Wood Fibered Gypsum Plaster Base Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Because of its higher cost, specify wood-

fibered gypsum plaster only when needed; e.g., for

fireproofing.

***************************************************************************

Mix basecoats in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of wood-fibered gypsum

plaster to not more than 28 liter (one cu ft) of damp loose sand.

Page 10: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 10

2.7.1.4 Sand and High-Strength Gypsum Plaster Base Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Specify high strength gypsum plaster base

coat only where needed to withstand heavy abuse;

e.g., hospital corridors, handball courts, etc.

***************************************************************************

Mix scratch coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of high strength gypsum

base coat plaster to not more than 56 liter (2 cu ft) of damp loose sand.

Mix brown coat in the proportion of 45 kg (100 lb) of high strength gypsum

basecoat plaster to not more than 85 liter (3 cu ft) of damp loose sand.

2.7.2 Gypsum Plaster Finish Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Do not use gypsum plaster in areas where the

ceiling and walls will be subjected to frequent

moisture or wetting.

***************************************************************************

2.7.2.1 Lime-Putty

Prepare lime-putty in accordance with the printed directions of the

manufacturer. Use putty following preparation or following a soaking period

as recommended by the manufacturer.

2.7.2.2 Lime-Putty Gypsum-Gauged (White Coat)

Use over[ sand and gypsum plaster][ sand and wood-fibered gypsum plaster].

Mix finish coat in the proportions of one part of gypsum gauging plaster to

a volume of hydrated lime or lime putty.

This mix is approximately equivalent to one 45 kg (100 lb) bag of gypsum

gauging plaster to:

a. Not more than four 22.5 kg (50 lb) bags of hydrated lime, or

b. Not more than 127 liter (4-1/2 cu ft) of lime putty, or

c. Not more than 132 liter (35 gal) of lime putty.

2.7.2.3 Aggregated Finish Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Specify aggregated white coat where a smooth

trowel finish is required over perlite or vermiculite

base coats. Do not use smooth trowel finish over

lightweight aggregate base coat or metal lath.

***************************************************************************

Finish coat must consist of the lime-putty, gypsum-gauged finish specified

herein with the addition of fine pulverized silica sand or perlite fines in

the following proportions:

Page 11: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 11

a. 14 liter per 45 kg ( 1/2 cu ft per 100 lb) bag of gypsum gauging

plaster used in finish, or

b. 3.5 liter per 22.5 kg ( 1/8 cu ft per 50 lb) bag of hydrated lime, or

c. 3.8 liter per 7.5 liter ( one gal per cu ft) of lime-putty.

2.7.2.4 Gypsum Sand Float Finish[ for [_____]]:

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Do not use this type finish in bathrooms,

kitchens, and other similar places requiring a

constant cleaning cycle.

***************************************************************************

Mix finish in the proportion of one part neat unfibered gypsum plaster to

not more than two parts of sand, by weight.

2.7.2.5 Keene's Cement Lime-Putty Finish[ for [_____]]

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Do not use Keene's cement as finish coat over

a portland cement plaster base coat, or on monolithic

concrete, due to the probability of unsatisfactory

bond between the materials. Not recommended over

lightweight aggregate base coats.

***************************************************************************

Mix finish in the proportion of not more than 45 kg (100 lb) of lime putty

to 45 kg (100 lb) of Keene's cement.

2.7.2.6 High Strength Gypsum-Gauged Plaster Finish[ for [_____]]

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Specify high-strength gypsum-gauged finish

plaster where surface hardness and resistance to

abrasion are required. Not recommended over

lightweight aggregate base coats.

***************************************************************************

Mix finish in the proportion of 90 kg (200 lb) of high strength gauging to

45 kg (100 lb) of hydrated lime.

2.7.2.7 Acoustical Plaster Finish[ for [_____]]

Mix finish in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

2.8 MIXING

2.8.1 Job-Mixed Materials

Mix materials in mechanical mixers except finish coats containing lime may

be hand mixed. Mechanical mixers must be an approved type that accurately

and uniformly controls the quantity of water. When mixing by hand, mix dry

plaster aggregate to a uniform color in the mixing box, add water, and hoe

the plaster immediately into the water and mix thoroughly to a proper

consistency.

Page 12: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 12

2.8.1.1 Water

Water used for rinsing and cleaning containers and tools must not be used in

mixing the materials.

2.8.1.2 Sand

Sand proportions must be damp and in loose condition. A volume of damp

loose sand must contain a minimum of 36 kg (80 lb) of dry sand in 0.0283 cu

m (one cu ft).

2.8.1.3 Mixing (Do's)

Mix the material while the mixer is in continuous operation in the following

sequence:

a. Add maximum close to 90 percent of estimated quantity of water.

b. Add approximately one-half of the sand. If vermiculite or perlite is

used, add all the aggregate.

c. Add cement and approved admixtures. [Add lime prior to cement.]

d. Add remainder of sand.

e. Mix with remainder of water as required. Mix until the mixture is

uniform in color and consistency.

2.8.1.4 Mixing (Don'ts)

Avoid excessive mixing and agitation. Discard gypsum plaster which has begun

to set before it is used; do not permit retempering. Do not use frozen,

caked, or lumped materials. Empty mixers and mixing boxes after each batch

is mixed, and keep free of old plaster.

2.8.2 Ready-Mixed Packaged Materials

Mix ready-mixed packaged gypsum plaster in accordance with manufacturer's

printed instructions.

2.9 BONDING AGENT

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Bonding agents may be surface applied or

integrally mixed with the plaster. Use Integral

bonding agents only after review of the

manufacturer's documentation of testing and past

performance. Check compatibility of the bonding

agent with the plaster mixtures. Bonding admixtures

increase the potential for shrinkage of the plaster.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C631, interior application.

PART 3 EXECUTION

Page 13: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 13

3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION

Clean surfaces before application of gypsum plaster of projections, dust,

loose particles, grease, bond breakers, and foreign matter. Do not apply

plaster directly to surfaces (1) of masonry or concrete that have been

coated with bituminous compound or other waterproofing agents, or (2) that

have been painted or previously plastered. Before plaster work is started,

wet masonry and concrete surfaces thoroughly with a fine fog spray of clean

water to produce a uniformly moist condition. Check metal grounds, corner

beads, screeds, and other accessories carefully for alignment before

starting work. Do not apply gypsum plaster to surfaces containing frost.

3.2 WORKMANSHIP

3.2.1 Slump Tests

Apply Plaster by hand or machine. When a plastering machine is used,

control the fluidity of gypsum plaster to have a slump of not more than 75

mm (3 inch) when tested using a 50 by 100 by 150 mm (2 by 4 by 6 inch) high

slump cone. Subsequent to determining water content to meet the specified

slump, do not add additional water to the mix. Conduct the slump test

according to the following procedure:

a. Place cone on level, dry, non-absorptive base plate.

b. While holding cone firmly against base plate, fill cone with plaster

taken directly from the hose or nozzle of the plastering machine,

tamping with metal rod during filling to release air bubbles.

c. Screed off plaster level with top of cone. Remove cone by lifting it

straight up with a slow and smooth motion.

d. Place cone in a vertical position adjacent to freed plaster sample,

using care not to shake or move base plate.

e. Lay a straightedge across top of cone, being careful not to shake or

move cone. Measure slump in mm (inch) from the bottom edge of the

straightedge to the top of the slumped plaster sample.

3.2.2 Application

Apply gypsum plaster in three coats, except as follows:

Gypsum plaster applied to [masonry] [and] [gypsum lath] using the two-

coat double-up method.

Apply base coats with sufficient pressure and ensure plaster is sufficiently

plastic to provide a strong bond to bases. Work base coats into screeds at

intervals from 1500 to 2400 mm (5 to 8 ft). Plaster must not be continuous

across expansion and control joints occurring in walls, partitions, and

ceilings. Finish work level, plumb, square, and true, within a tolerance of

3 mm in 2400 mm (1/8 inch in 8 ft), without waves, cracks, blisters, pits,

crazing, discoloration, projections, or other imperfections. Form plaster

work carefully around angles and contours, and well-up to screeds. Take

special care to prevent sagging and consequent dropping of applications.

There must be no visible junction marks in finish coat where one day's work

adjoins another.[ Plastered surfaces to receive[ rubber or vinyl base

Page 14: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 14

coves][ wood base boards] must extend to wood ground indicated as backing

for base.] Plaster not required behind built-in cabinets and equipment[,

and [_____]] unless part of a fire-rated assembly.

3.2.3 Control And Expansion Joints

[Install control joints at locations indicated before applying gypsum

plaster. Vertical joints must be continuous and butt horizontal joints

against the vertical joints. ]Check expansion, control joints and

accessories to ensure unrestrained movement, metal lath not continuous

behind the joints, and area between joints do not exceed 14 sq m (150 sq

ft).

3.2.4 Curing

3.2.4.1 Gypsum Plaster

Before the plaster has set, provide environmental controls to prevent the

plaster from drying too fast. After the plaster has set, provide for rapid

drying to develop high strength.

3.3 GYPSUM PLASTER WORK

ASTM C842.

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Gypsum basecoat plaster may be by one of two

methods for a three-coat or two-coat (double back)

systems. The three-coat plaster system will require

a basecoat of a scratch coat, cross raked, partial

drying, and a brown coat. The two-coat plaster system

requires a scratch coat and a brown coat that is

applied (double back) within a few minutes to the

unset (moist) scratch coat. The cross raking of the

scratch coat is omitted in the double back system.

***************************************************************************

3.3.1 Gypsum Plaster Thickness Requirements

Plaster thicknesses are from face of metal lath plaster base (scratch coat)

or solid base surfaces.

a. Vertical Surfaces

Base Types Base Coat Finish Coat Total Thickness

Metal Lath 13 mm 1/2 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 16 mm 5/8 inch

Masonry 13 mm 1/2 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 16 mm 5/8 inch

Concrete 13 mm 1/2 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 16 mm 5/8 inch

Other Bases 10 mm 3/8 inch 3 mm 1/8 inch 13 mm 1/2 inch

Page 15: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 15

b. Horizontal Surfaces. Total plaster thickness for metal lath plaster,

masonry and concrete bases is 16 mm (5/8 inch). Total thickness of

plaster for horizontal concrete surfaces is 3 to 10 mm (1/8 to 3/8

inch).

c. Where vertical and horizontal concrete surfaces require more than 16 mm

(5/8 inch) and 10 mm (3/8 inch), to produce required lines or surfaces,

[attach metal plaster base for plaster application] [as indicated].

3.3.2 Gypsum Plaster Basecoat Work

3.3.2.1 Gypsum Two-Coat System

Apply the first coat to cover the base with sufficient material and pressure

to form a good bond on the wall or ceiling base. Before the first coat has

set and without scratching or cracking the surface, apply a second coat

(double back) of the same material proportion as the base coat to the

screeds. Straighten to a true surface without application of water, and

cross rake or scratch to receive the finish coat.

3.3.2.2 Gypsum Three-Coat System

Apply scratch coat 5 to 6 mm (3/16 to 1/4 inch) thick to cover the base with

sufficient material and pressure to form a good bond on the wall or ceiling

base. Rake or scratch the surface and allow to set firm and hard. Apply

the brown coat to bring the base coat out to the screeds, compact and

straighten to a true surface without the application of water, and cross

rake or scratch to receive the finish coat.

3.3.3 Gypsum Plaster Finish Coats

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Do not specify rough textured finishes

bathrooms, kitchens, and other similar type places,

which require a constant cleaning cycle.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: There are six gypsum finish coat plasters,

each with a specific function:

Smooth Finishes: Gypsum-lime putty trowel finish

Keene's cement-lime putty trowel finish Prepared

gypsum trowel finish

Float Finishes: Keene's cement-lime sand float

finish Gypsum-sand float finish

Acoustical Plaster Finishes

***************************************************************************

Moderately moisten or fog spray base coat of plaster that has become dry

before finish coat is applied. Accelerate plaster, if necessary, to provide

a setting time of not more than 4 hours from the time the plaster is mixed.

3.3.3.1 Lime-Putty and Gypsum-Gauged Finish Coats

Page 16: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 16

Apply lime-putty gypsum-gauged finish white coat or aggregated white coat

[and high strength gypsum gauged finish] over the base coat, scratch in

thoroughly, lay on well, double back, and fill out to a true, even surface.

Allow the finish to dry a few minutes, then trowel well with water. Apply

maximum pressure in order to compact the finish coat and provide a smooth

finish free from blemishes and irregularities. Apply trowel finish coats of

gypsum-gauged lime-putty over properly prepared base coats as thin as

possible and 2 to 3 mm (1/16 to 1/8 inch) thick for conventional plaster

system, except as necessary in spots to level out hollows in base coat.

3.3.3.2 Keene's Cement Lime-Putty Finish Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Do not use Keene's cement as finish coat over

a portland cement plaster basecoat, or on monolithic

concrete, due to the probability of unsatisfactory

bond between gypsum and portland cement materials.

***************************************************************************

Apply finish over gypsum-sand base coat only, scratch in thoroughly, lay on

well, double back, and fill out to a true, even surface. Allow the finish

to dry a few minutes, then trowel it well with water. Apply maximum

pressure in order to compact the finish coat and provide a smooth finish

free of blemishes and irregularities. Continue troweling until the finish

sets.

3.3.3.3 Gypsum Sand Float Finish Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Specify type of float required to produce the

texture desired.

***************************************************************************

Apply finish over the base coat, scratch in thoroughly, lay on with a trowel

to an even surface, and then float with [_____] floats to a true, even

surface, free of slick spots or other blemishes. Apply sand float finishes

to a maximum thickness of 3 mm (1/8 inch) except as necessary to level out

hollow spots.

3.3.3.4 Acoustical Plaster Finish Coat

Apply finish in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and in

the thickness necessary to provide the sound absorption coefficient

specified, but not be less than 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick.

3.4 ORNAMENTAL PLASTER WORK

Complete ornamental work before the finish coat of plaster is applied to

adjoining areas. Plaster for ornamental work must consist of a mixture that

will produce satisfactory results for the respective conditions, be

reinforced properly with fiber or zinc-coated steel wire netting as

necessary to provide permanent construction, and be rigidly secured in

place. Run plain moldings in place to templates and guides, with true

radial lines for curved work; where it is not practicable to run such

moldings, cast or run them on a bench and then secure in place firmly.

Cornices and moldings must be straight or curved, true to line, and corners

neat.

Page 17: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 23 00 Page 17

3.5 PATCHING AND POINTING

Cut out and patch loose, cracked, damaged, or defective gypsum plaster.

Patch must match existing work in texture, color and finish flush with

previously applied gypsum plaster surfaces. Point work abutting or

adjoining finish work in a neat manner. Remove droppings or spatterings

from surfaces. Leave clean and in a condition to receive paint or other

finish. Remove protective covering from floors and other surfaces, and

rubbish and debris from [the interior and exterior of] the building.

-- End of Section --

Page 18: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 26 00 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding

UFGS-09 26 00 (May 2011)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 26 00

VENEER PLASTER

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for veneer plaster systems.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Veneer plaster consists of a 2 to 3 mm (1/16

to 1/8 inch) thick plaster coating applied in one or

more coats to a special gypsum lath base over metal

or wood framing. Veneer plaster provides a hard,

dense finish for areas such as corridors and

conference rooms of major facilities where walls are

subjected to frequent impact and where appearance is

important. It should not be used in shower rooms or

excessively humid areas.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: On the drawings, indicate location and extent

of each type of veneer plaster and control joints.

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

Page 19: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 2

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C1002 (2014) Standard Specification for Steel Self-

Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application

of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster

Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs

ASTM C1047 (2014a) Standard Specification for

Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum

Veneer Base

ASTM C1396/C1396M (2014a) Standard Specification for Gypsum

Board

ASTM C475/C475M (2015) Joint Compound and Joint Tape for

Finishing Gypsum Board

ASTM C514 (2004; R 2014) Standard Specification for

Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board

ASTM C587 (2004; R 2014) Gypsum Veneer Plaster

ASTM C631 (2009; R 2014) Bonding Compounds for Interior

Gypsum Plastering

ASTM C645 (2014; E 2015) Nonstructural Steel Framing

Members

Page 20: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 3

ASTM C754 (2015) Installation of Steel Framing Members

to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel

Products

ASTM C843 (2017) Standard Specification for Application

of Gypsum Veneer Plaster

ASTM C844 (2015) Application of Gypsum Base to Receive

Gypsum Veneer Plaster

ASTM C954 (2015) Steel Drill Screws for the Application

of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster

Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm)

to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness

ASTM D3678 (2014) Standard Specification for Rigid Poly

(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Interior-Profile

Extrusions

FM GLOBAL (FM)

FM APP GUIDE (updated on-line) Approval Guide

http://www.approvalguide.com/

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL Fire Resistance (2014) Fire Resistance Directory

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select either the one or two-coat system. The

one-coat is slightly lower in cost, requires less

installation time, and requires only one plastering

material on the job. The two-coat system has greater

crack resistance and is more resistant to damage.

The one-coat system should be used where appearance

is the sole consideration. The two-coat system

should be used where physical abuse is a

consideration.

***************************************************************************

Except where otherwise indicated or specified, conform to ASTM C754, ASTM

C843, and ASTM C844. Apply the gypsum veneer plaster as a [one coat] [two

coat] system over a special gypsum base. The veneer plaster, gypsum base,

and joint reinforcement must be products of the same manufacturer. The

extent and location of veneer plaster must be as shown on the drawings.

Metal framing is specified herein. [Wood framing specified in Section 06 10

00 ROUGH CARPENTRY may be used as an option to the steel framing.]

1.3 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

Page 21: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 4

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control

approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Gypsum Base

Gypsum Veneer Plaster

Descriptive data and installation instructions.

[SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Steel Framing or Furring; S

]1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Page 22: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 5

Deliver and store plaster materials in the manufacturer's original unopened

containers. Store materials off the ground within a completely enclosed

structure or enclosed within a weathertight covering. Store gypsum base and

gypsum backing board flat to prevent warping and protect from excessive

exposure to sunlight. Keep materials wrapped and separate from off-gassing

materials, such as paint and adhesives. Do not use materials that have

visible moisture or biological growth.

1.5 SCHEDULING

Commence application only after the area scheduled for veneer plaster work

is completely weathertight. The heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning

systems must be complete and in operation prior to application of the

plaster. If the mechanical system cannot be activated before veneer

plastering is begun, the plastering may proceed in accordance with an

approved plan to maintain the environmental conditions specified below.

Apply plaster prior to the installation of finish flooring and acoustic

ceiling.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Veneer plaster is a very thin coating that

will be adversely affected by extreme or non-uniform

drying conditions and by rapid changes in

temperature. It should not be used in spaces where

adequate environmental control cannot be obtained.

***************************************************************************

Do not expose the gypsum base to excessive sunlight prior to plaster

application, as bond failure of the plaster may result. Maintain a

continuous uniform temperature of not less than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F)

and not more than 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) for at least one week prior to

the application of veneer plaster, while the plastering is being done, and

for at least one week after the plaster is set. Shield air supply and

distribution devices to prevent any uneven flow of air across the plastered

surfaces. Provide ventilation to exhaust moist air to the outside during

plaster application, set, and until plaster is dry. In glazed areas, keep

windows open top and bottom or side to side 75 to 100 mm (3 to 4 inches).

Openings can be reduced in cold weather. For enclosed areas lacking natural

ventilation, provide temporary mechanical means for ventilation. In

unglazed areas subjected to hot, dry winds or temperature differentials from

day to night of 10 degrees C (20 degrees F) or more, screen openings with

cheesecloth or similar materials. Avoid rapid drying. During periods of

low indoor humidity, provide minimum air circulation following plastering

and until plaster is dry.

[1.7 FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For fire-resistive assemblies, drawing details

must follow the tested and approved designs. The

addition of veneer plaster to an approved gypsum

wallboard design will improve the fire-resistive

properties of the partitions. Tested and approved

designs are published by gypsum wallboard

manufacturers, Underwriters Laboratory, and Factory

Page 23: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 6

Mutual, and are included in the Gypsum Association

Fire Resistance Design Manual.

***************************************************************************

Comply with specified fire-rated assemblies for design numbers indicated per

UL Fire Resistance or FM APP GUIDE.

]PART 2 PRODUCTS

[2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

***************************************************************************

2.1.1 Recycled Content for Steel Framing or Furring

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

]2.12 MATERIALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The designer must assure that the drawings

show the required thickness for gypsum base and

gypsum backing board for all application.

***************************************************************************

Conform to the requirements specified below. Miscellaneous items not

otherwise specified must be as recommended by the veneer plaster system

manufacturer and approved prior to use. Powder driven fasteners may be used

only when approved in writing.

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

Page 24: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 7

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Research shows the product is available among US

national manufacturers above the minimum recycled

content of the first bracket among US national

manufacturers. Some manufacturers and regions have

higher percentages. If desired, insert higher

percentages into the second set of brackets.

***************************************************************************

2.12.1 Steel Framing, Furring, and Related Items

ASTM C645. [Provide steel framing, furring, and related items that contain

a minimum of [40][_____] percent post-consumer recycled content. Provide

data identifying percentage of recycled content for steel framing or

furring.]

2.12.2 Vapor Retarder

Foil-backed gypsum base or gypsum backing board, or 4-mil polyethylene.

2.12.3 Gypsum Backing Board

ASTM C1396/C1396M, [Regular] [Foil-backed] [Water-Resistant] [Type X].

Provide boards with square edges as the first ply in two-ply application.

Provide 1200 mm (48 inches) wide boards, thickness as shown except that

board used for liner panels and core plies of shaftwall construction must be

the size and thickness recommended by the system manufacturer.

2.12.4 Gypsum Base

ASTM C1396/C1396M, [Regular] [Foil-backed] [Type X], 1200 mm (48 inches)

wide, thickness as shown. Provide square edges, rounded, or tapered as

recommended by the veneer plaster manufacturer.

2.12.5 Gypsum Veneer Plaster

ASTM C587. Minimum compressive strength of finish coat plaster must be 17

MPa (2500 psi).

2.12.6 Joint Reinforcement

ASTM C475/C475M, Mesh reinforcing strip or paper tape as recommended by the

veneer plaster manufacturer.

2.12.7 Joint Compound

ASTM C475/C475M.

2.12.8 Screws

ASTM C1002or ASTM C954, type appropriate to use.

2.12.9 Nails

ASTM C514, with corrosion-resistant treatment.

Page 25: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 8

2.12.10 Corner Bead, Casing Bead, and Control Joints

ASTM C1047 [or] [ASTM D3678], Corrosion protective-coated steel[, vinyl or

clear anodized aluminum] as recommended by the veneer plaster manufacturer.

Provide flanges free of any material that would adversely affect bonding of

the plaster.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 STEEL FRAMING

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Since the veneer plaster is a thin, hard

coating, it may be damaged by excessive deflection or

racking of the partition. Partitions should be

isolated from the structural building frame so that

movement of the frame does not distort the

partitions. Where heavy loads such as wall hung

cabinets, counters or hospital TV sets are indicated,

the partitions must be strengthened to support the

applied loads.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C754. Space framing at 400mm (16 inches) on center maximum.

Partitions must support applied loads such as cabinets and counters without

exceeding the permitted deflection.

3.1.1 Partition Framing System

Metal non-load bearing framing and furring system must be capable of

carrying a transverse load of 24 ksm (5 psf) without exceeding either the

allowable stress or a deflection of L/240. Provide studs of 0.45 mm (0.0179

inch) minimum thickness for partitions having the same material and the same

material thickness on both sides. For partitions using 0.45 mm (0.0l79

inch) thick studs, the surfacing material must cover the full height of the

partition on both sides, or the stud flange must be otherwise supported to

insure rigidity. Provide studs of 0.84 mm (0.0329 inch) minimum thickness

for partitions having different materials or different material thickness on

the two sides. At partition ends, corners, and intersections, and at jambs

of openings, fasten studs to runners with screws.

3.1.2 Special Framing

Build framing for beams, columns, soffits, and other special items to the

sizes, shapes, or forms indicated. Secure rigidly at each intersection with

screws.

3.1.3 Shaftwall Framing System

Shaftwalls must be standard, tested designs. Metal framing must be in

accordance with the shaftwall manufacturer's printed instructions.

3.1.4 Ceiling Openings

Provide support members at ceiling openings such as required for access

panels, recessed light fixtures, and for air supply or exhaust. Locate

Page 26: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 9

support members of not less than 38 mm (1 1/2 inch) main runner channels and

suspension wires or straps to provide at least the minimum support specified

herein for furring and wallboard attachment. Provide intermediate

structural members for attachment or suspension of support members.

3.1.5 Wall Openings

At wall openings the framing system must provide for the installation and

anchorage of the required subframes or finish frames. Attach steel frames

securely through built-in anchors to the nearest stud on each side of the

opening with wallboard screws. Provide 0.84 mm (0.329 inch) minimum

thickness double studs at both jambs of all doors openings. For doors over

1200 mm (4 feet) wide, double doors, and for extra-heavy doors (such as x-

ray doors), provide doubled studs [_____] millimeters (inches) minimum

thickness. Spot grout door frames at the jamb anchor locations with joint

compound applied just prior to application of gypsum base.

3.1.6 Blocking

Provide blocking when mounting equipment. Cut[ metal][ or][ wood] blocking

to fit in between the framing members. Rigidly anchor blocking to the

framing members. Under no circumstances will accessories or other wall

mounted equipment be anchored directly to the veneer plaster system.

3.2 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BASE

Apply gypsum base and gypsum backing board to framing and furring members in

accordance with ASTM C844 and the requirements specified herein. Gypsum

wallboard may be used for the base ply in two-ply construction. Provide

gypsum base and backing board of maximum practical length, using full length

boards for vertical application. Install separate boards in moderate

contact without forcing in place. Install boards tight against the framing

so as to eliminate any offset in the face plane between adjoining boards.

Stagger end joints of adjoining boards. Fit abutting end and edge joints.

Cut boards as required to make close joints around openings. Gypsum base

may be adhered to gypsum backing board with an adhesive, except where

prohibited by fire rating. In multi-layer construction, offset joints

between layers. Offset joints on opposite faces of the partition.

3.2.1 Curved Surfaces

Use bending radii in accordance with ASTM C844, TABLE 5. Bend gypsum base

into place without damaging the face paper. If the base is dampened to

facilitate bending, dry thoroughly, and apply a bonding agent (ASTM C631)

before plastering.

3.2.2 Cavity Shaftwall System

Install gypsum backing boards, core boards, and gypsum base in accordance

with the shaftwall system manufacturer's printed recommendations to achieve

the fire rating required.

3.2.3 Control Joints

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Control joint locations should be shown on the

drawings. Control joint spacing in walls or wall

Page 27: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 10

furring must not exceed 9000 mm (30 feet). Control

joint spacing must not exceed 9000 mm (30 feet) in

either direction in restrained ceilings, and 15000 mm

(50 feet) in either direction in ceilings with

perimeter relief. Joints should be provided at the

wings of L, U, and T shaped ceiling areas.

***************************************************************************

Control joints in ceilings and walls must be one piece manufactured products

designed for use with a veneer plaster system.

3.2.4 Vapor Retarder

Install foil-backed gypsum base or gypsum backing board with the reflective

surface against the framing members. Install polyethylene vapor retarder

with joints over framing members, and with joints lapped the full width of

the framing members.

3.3 JOINT REINFORCEMENT

Reinforce all interior angles and flat joints prior to application of the

veneer plaster. Do not use self-adhering fiberglass mesh tape.

Reinforcement must be a special mesh reinforcing strip embedded in veneer

plaster, or paper gypsum wallboard tape embedded in joint compound.

3.3.1 Mesh Reinforcing

Embed the mesh reinforcing strip in veneer plaster, so that embedment

material is both under and covering the reinforcement. Allow areas of

reinforcement to preset, and leave rough enough for proper bonding of the

plaster coat. Reinforcement must be set but not dry, before the application

of veneer plaster.

3.3.2 Paper Tape Reinforcing

Press the paper tape into a bedding coat of setting type joint compound, and

immediately cover with a skim coat of the same compound. After the bedding

and skim coats are set, apply a fill coat of joint compound. Set the

reinforcement and dry thoroughly before application of veneer plaster.

3.4 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Veneer plaster may be applied to masonry or

concrete surfaces as well as to gypsum base. Special

conditioning and treatment are required for masonry

or concrete surfaces to receive veneer plaster.

Review ASTM C843 and manufacturer's literature to

determine requirements applicable to the project, and

modify this section accordingly. Note that any

cracking of the substrate will result in cracking of

the plaster.

***************************************************************************

Apply gypsum veneer plaster in accordance with ASTM C843, and with the

manufacturer's approved installation instructions where such instructions

are additional to or more restrictive than the requirements of ASTM C843.

Page 28: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 11

Apply plaster as a [one-component] [two-component] system. Minimum plaster

thickness must be as recommended by the manufacturer, but must in no case be

less than[1.6 mm(1/16 inch) for one-component system.] [1.6 mm(1/16 inch)

for base coat and 0.8 mm (1/32 inch) for finish coat of a two-component

system.]

3.4.1 Mixing

Clean mixer between batches to avoid accelerating the setting time. Do not

add other plaster materials to modify the properties of the veneer plaster.

When extreme conditions so demand, small quantities of commercial retarder

or accelerator may be added to the mixing water to adjust setting time.

When used, the retarder or accelerator must conform to the veneer plaster

manufacturer's recommendations.

3.4.2 Application

Trowel plaster on by hand. Apply with sufficient material and pressure to

develop bond and to provide the specified component thickness.

3.4.2.1 Base Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Delete base coat requirements when one-

component system is desired.

***************************************************************************

Scratch in the base coat tightly, then immediately double back using

material from the same batch. Fill all voids and imperfections and level

the plaster to a true surface without the application of water. For good

bond or adhesion, roughen the final surface for bond by brushing or cross-

raking with a fine wire rake. For application of finish coat, set the base

coat and partially dry. If the base coat is totally dry, dampen before

finish coat application.

3.4.2.2 Finish Coat

***************************************************************************

NOTE: A smooth-troweled finish will normally be

specified. If a textured finish is desired, it may

be added to the specification. The texture pattern

should be specified, i.e., swirl, skip trowel, etc.

Some texture finishes may require a greater coating

thickness.

***************************************************************************

Scratch in the finish coat tightly, then immediately double back using

material from the same batch. After the plaster has been allowed to set up

slightly, lightly trowel the surface without the addition of water, filling

all voids and imperfections and eliminating surface irregularities. When

the plaster has become firm and prior to set, smooth-trowel the surface

using water sparingly. Avoid over troweling.

3.5 CLEANUP AND PATCHING

Page 29: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 26 00 Page 12

Remove plaster splashes from adjacent surfaces. Repair defects in the

veneer plaster. Plaster surfaces must be smooth, clean, and in condition to

receive the finishing materials that will be applied.

-- End of Section --

Page 30: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 29 00 (August 2016)

Change 1 - 08/17

---------------------------

PREPARING ACTIVITY: NAVFAC Superseding

UFGS-09 29 00 (May 2011)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 29 00

GYPSUM BOARD

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification includes the

requirements for gypsum board, cementitious backer

units, and accessories intended for use in drywall

construction.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

Reference Section 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

for load bearing studwork. Reference Section 09 22

00 SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD for non-

loadbearing studs, furring and ceiling suspension

systems.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: On the drawings, show:

1. Locations of each type of gypsum board, backing

board and cementitious backer units, using same

terminology as in the specification.

2. Locations and UL or GA design numbers for fire

rated gypsum board and cementitious backer unit

assemblies.

Page 31: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 2

3. Locations of asphalt impregnated building felt if

gypsum sheathing is used or if cementitious backer

units are used in wet areas.

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)

ANSI A108.11 (1992; Reaffirmed 2005) Specifications for

Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer

Units

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C1002 (2014) Standard Specification for Steel Self-

Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application

of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster

Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs

ASTM C1047 (2014a) Standard Specification for

Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum

Veneer Base

ASTM C1177/C1177M (2013) Standard Specification for Glass Mat

Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing

ASTM C1178/C1178M (2013) Standard Specification for Glass Mat

Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel

Page 32: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 3

ASTM C1396/C1396M (2014a) Standard Specification for Gypsum

Board

ASTM C1629/C1629M (2015) Standard Classification for Abuse-

Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel

Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels

ASTM C475/C475M (2015) Joint Compound and Joint Tape for

Finishing Gypsum Board

ASTM C514 (2004; R 2014) Standard Specification for

Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board

ASTM C557 (2003; R 2017) Standard Specification for

Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to

Wood Framing

ASTM C840 (2017) Standard Specification for Application

and Finishing of Gypsum Board

ASTM C954 (2015) Steel Drill Screws for the Application

of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster

Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm)

to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness

ASTM D1037 (2012) Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base

Fiber and Particle Panel Materials

ASTM D1149 (2007; R 2012) Standard Test Method for

Rubber Deterioration - Surface Ozone Cracking

in a Chamber

ASTM D226/D226M (2009) Standard Specification for Asphalt-

Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and

Waterproofing

ASTM D2394 (2005; R 2011) Simulated Service Testing of

Wood and Wood-Base Finish Flooring

ASTM D3273 (2016) Standard Test Method for Resistance to

Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior

Coatings in an Environmental Chamber

ASTM D412 (2016) Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized

Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension

ASTM D5420 (2016) Standard Test Method for Impact

Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by

Means of a Strike Impacted by a Falling

Weight (Gardner Impact)

ASTM D624 (2000; R 2012) Tear Strength of Conventional

Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic

Elastomers

Page 33: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 4

ASTM E695 (2003; R 2015; E 2015) Measuring Relative

Resistance of Wall, Floor, and Roof

Construction to Impact Loading

ASTM E84 (2016) Standard Test Method for Surface

Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

FM GLOBAL (FM)

FM APP GUIDE (updated on-line) Approval Guide

http://www.approvalguide.com/

GREEN SEAL (GS)

GS-36 (2011) Commercial Adhesives

GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA)

GA 214 (2010) Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board

Finish

GA 216 (2010) Application and Finishing of Gypsum

Panel Products

GA 224 (2008) Installation of Predecorated Gypsum

Board

GA 253 (2012) Application of Gypsum Sheathing

GA 600 (2009) Fire Resistance Design Manual

SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)

SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For

Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,

Finishes And Furnishings

UL Fire Resistance (2014) Fire Resistance Directory

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Page 34: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 5

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control

approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Cementitious Backer Units

Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Tile Backing Board

Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board

[Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing

Page 35: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 6

][Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing Sealant

][Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board

]Accessories

Submit for each type of gypsum board and for cementitious backer

units.

Certifications

Gypsum Board

SD-04 Samples

Predecorated Gypsum Board; G[, [_____]]

Submit for each color and pattern of predecorated gypsum board.

Where colors are not indicated, submit color selection samples of

not less than eight of the manufacturer's standard colors.

SD-07 Certificates

Asbestos Free Materials; G[, [_____]]

Certify that gypsum board types, gypsum backing board types,

cementitious backer units, and joint treating materials do not

contain asbestos.

Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Safety Data Sheets

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Manufacturer Maintenance Instructions

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

[Recycled Content for Gypsum Board; S

][Recycled Content for Paper Facing and Gypsum Cores; S

]Indoor Air Quality for Gypsum Board; S

VOC Content of Joint Compound; S

Indoor Air Quality for Non-aerosol Adhesives; S

Indoor Air Quality for Aerosol Adhesives; S

1.3 CERTIFICATIONS

Page 36: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 7

1.3.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The Government's preference is for use of

products that have been certified for indoor air

quality by a third-party organization such as

Greenguard or SCS Global Services. However, it must

be verified there is a certified product available

that is both cost effective and appropriate for the

project. Retain the following section when the

designer of record confirms local/regional

availability of Greenguard or SCS products that does

not impact cost effectiveness.

***************************************************************************

[1.3.1.1 Ceiling and Wall Systems

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The Government's preference is for use of

products that have been certified for indoor air

quality by a third-party organization such as

Greenguard or SCS Global Services. However, it must

be verified there is a certified product available

that is both cost effective and appropriate for the

project. Retain the bracketed sentences when the

designer of record confirms local/regional

availability of Greenguard or SCS products that does

not impact cost effectiveness.

***************************************************************************

[Provide products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL

2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide

certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet

the requirements of this paragraphSection. Provide current product

certification documentation from certification body. ]Gypsum wall board and

panels must meet the emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space

type).

1.3.1.2 Adhesives and Sealants

Provide products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL

2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide

certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet

the requirements of this paragraphSection. Sealants and non-aerosol

adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of

the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.

Aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as

inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

GS-36. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

Page 37: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 8

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.4.1 Delivery

Deliver materials in the original packages, containers, or bundles with each

bearing the brand name, applicable standard designation, and name of

manufacturer, or supplier.

1.4.2 Storage

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Gypsum board provides a sink for adsorbing

high short-term emissions of VOCs, formaldehyde,

particulates, or other air-borne compounds.

Materials with high short-term emissions include, but

are not limited to: adhesives, sealants and glazing

compounds (specifically those with petrochemical

vehicles or carriers); paint, wood preservatives, and

finishes; control and/or expansion joint fillers;

hard finishes requiring adhesive installation; gypsum

board (with associated finish processes and

products); and composite or engineered wood products

with formaldehyde binders.

***************************************************************************

Keep materials dry by storing inside a sheltered building. Where necessary

to store gypsum board and cementitious backer units outside, store off the

ground, properly supported on a level platform, and protected from direct

exposure to rain, snow, sunlight, and other extreme weather conditions.

Provide adequate ventilation to prevent condensation. Store per

manufacturer's recommendations for allowable temperature and humidity range.

Do not store gypsum wallboard with materials which have high emissions of

volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or other contaminants, including [_____].

Do not store panels near materials that may offgas or emit harmful fumes,

such as kerosene heaters, fresh paint, or adhesives. Do not use materials

that have visible moisture or biological growth.

1.4.3 Handling

Neatly stack gypsum board and cementitious backer units flat to prevent

sagging or damage to the edges, ends, and surfaces.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

Furnish type of gypsum board work specialized by the installer with a

minimum of [3] [_____] years of documented successful experience.

1.6 SCHEDULING

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use one or both of the following procedures to

minimize the exposure of gypsum wallboard to

materials or finishes which have high short-term

emissions of VOCs, formaldehyde, particulates, or

other air-borne compounds.

***************************************************************************

Page 38: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 9

[The gypsum wallboard must be taped, finished and primed before the

installation of the highly-emitting materials, including [_____].] [The

gypsum wallboard must be installed after the installation and ventilation

period of the highly-emitting materials, including [_____].]

Commence application only after the area scheduled for gypsum board work is

completely weathertight. The heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning

systems must be complete and in operation prior to application of the gypsum

board. If the mechanical system cannot be activated before gypsum board is

begun, the gypsum board work may proceed in accordance with an approved plan

to maintain the environmental conditions specified below. Apply gypsum

board prior to the installation of finish flooring and acoustic ceiling.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Gypsum board is a thin sheathing that will be

adversely affected by extreme or non-uniform drying

conditions and by rapid changes in temperature. It

should not be used in spaces where adequate

environmental control cannot be obtained.

***************************************************************************

Do not expose the gypsum board to excessive sunlight prior to gypsum board

application. Maintain a continuous uniform temperature of not less than 10

degrees C (50 degrees F) and not more than 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) for

at least one week prior to the application of gypsum board work, while the

gypsum board application is being done, and for at least one week after the

gypsum board is set. Shield air supply and distribution devices to prevent

any uneven flow of air across the plastered surfaces. Provide ventilation

to exhaust moist air to the outside during gypsum board application, set,

and until gypsum board jointing is dry. In glazed areas, keep windows open

top and bottom or side to side 75 to 100 mm (3 to 4 inches). Reduce

openings in cold weather to prevent freezing of joint compound when applied.

For enclosed areas lacking natural ventilation, provide temporary mechanical

means for ventilation. In unglazed areas subjected to hot, dry winds or

temperature differentials from day to night of 10 degrees C (20 degrees F)

or more, screen openings with cheesecloth or similar materials. Avoid rapid

drying. During periods of low indoor humidity, provide minimum air

circulation following gypsum boarding and until gypsum board jointing

complete and is dry.

[1.8 FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For fire-resistive assemblies, drawing details

must follow the tested and approved designs. Tested

and approved designs are published by gypsum

wallboard manufacturers, Underwriters Laboratory, and

Factory Mutual, and are included in the Gypsum

Association Fire Resistance Design Manual.

***************************************************************************

Comply with specified fire-rated assemblies for design numbers indicated per

UL Fire Resistance or FM APP GUIDE.

Page 39: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 10

]PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements. A resource that can be used to

identify products with recycled content is the

"Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page

within the EPA's website at http://www.epa.gov.

Other products with recycled content are also

acceptable when meeting all requirements of this

specification.

***************************************************************************

2.1.1 Recycled Content for Gypsum Board Materials

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 MATERIALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Check ASTM C840, GA 216 and ANSI A108.11 for

details of materials, fasteners, and application.

***************************************************************************

Conform to specifications, standards and requirements specified. Provide

gypsum board types, gypsum backing board types, cementitious backing units,

and joint treating materials manufactured from asbestos free materials only.

Page 40: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 11

Submit Safety Data Sheets and manufacturer maintenance instructions for

gypsum materials including adhesives.

2.12.1 Gypsum Board

***************************************************************************

Use materials with recycled content, calculated on

the basis of post-industrial and post-consumer

percentage content where appropriate for use.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements. A resource that can be used to identify

products with recycled content is the "Comprehensive

Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page within the EPA's

website at http://www.epa.gov. Other products with

recycled content are also acceptable when meeting all

requirements of this specification.

Section allows establishing recycled content

requirements based on either the gypsum board product

in its entirety, or on the paper facing and gypsum

core separately. Research shows the product is

available among US national manufacturers above the

minimum recycled content of the first bracket among

US national manufacturers. Some manufacturers and

regions have higher percentages (for components that

have a threshold less than 100 percent). Based on

research, insert desired minimum percentages into the

empty set of brackets.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C1396/C1396M. [Gypsum board must contain a minimum of [5][10][_____]

percent post-consumer recycled content, or a minimum of [20][40][_____]

percent post-industrial recycled content. Provide data identifying

percentage of recycled content for gypsum board.] [Paper facings must

contain a minimum of [100][_____] percent post-consumer recycled paper

content. Gypsum cores must contain a minimum of [95][_____] percent post-

industrial recycled gypsum content. Provide data identifying percentage of

recycled content for paper facing and gypsum cores.] Provide gypsum wall

board and panels meeting the emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350

(limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of

space type). Provide certification of indoor air quality for gypsum board.

2.12.1.1 Regular

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use tapered and featured edge gypsum board with

embedding and finishing compounds when a very flat

surface is required, such as long walls with lighting

at the end of the wall and down or up lighted walls.

***************************************************************************

Page 41: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 12

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick,

[tapered][, tapered and featured] edges. [Provide tapered and featured edge

gypsum board [in Rooms [_____] ] [as indicated].]

2.12.1.2 Foil-Backed

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, [tapered]

[tapered and featured] edges.

2.12.1.3 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, [tapered]

[tapered and featured] edges.

2.12.1.4 Mold Resistant / Anti-Microbial Gypsum

ASTM D3273. 1200 mm (48 inch) wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch)

thick, [tapered][tapered and featured] edges.

2.12.2 Gypsum Backing Board

***************************************************************************

NOTE: When thicker board is needed, replace the term

"backing board" with "coreboard", and change

dimension to 19.05 to 25.4 mm (3/4 to 1 inch),

depending on system used.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C1396/C1396M, gypsum backing board must be used as a base in a

multilayer system.

2.12.2.1 Regular

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square

edges.

2.12.2.2 Foil-Backed

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square

edges.

2.12.2.3 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square

edges.

2.12.3 Regular Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For adhesive applied ceramic tile in wet areas

(tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang

shower rooms, etc.), use cementitious backer units

(Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook) as a

substrate. Specify ASTM C1396/C1396M or ASTM

C1178/C1178M for all other tiled areas including

areas where only ceramic or quarry tile base is to be

installed, and for ceilings in humid areas. When

Page 42: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 13

using water-resistant gypsum backing board at tile

applications, the metal studs should not be spaced

more than 406 mm (16 inches) o.c. Specify moisture

resistant gypsum board ASTM C1396/C1396M for humid

areas that are not exposed to direct moisture.

When using moisture resistant board on ceilings,

spacing of supports should be no more than 305 mm (12

inch) on center.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Additives used to produce water-resistant

gypsum board ("green board") may include VOCs. Water-

resistant types may be difficult to recycle.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C1396/C1396M

2.12.3.1 Regular

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, tapered

edges.

2.12.3.2 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, tapered

edges.

2.12.4 Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Tile Backing Board

ASTM C1178/C1178M

2.12.4.1 Regular

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square

edges.

2.12.4.2 Type X (Special Fire-Resistant)

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, [12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, square

edges.

[2.12.5 Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This section should be used where exterior

gypsum sheathing with water resistance is required

(i.e. cavity sheathing over metal studs with brick

veneer or as substrate for EIFS systems). Always use

asphalt impregnated felt paper for sheathing

protection. For additional protection or if

recommended by the manufacturer, choose the paragraph

for sheathing sealant.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

Page 43: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 14

NOTE: Glass-fiber reinforced types may be difficult

to recycle.

***************************************************************************

Exceeds physical properties of ASTM C1396/C1396M and ASTM C1177/C1177M.

Provide [12.7] [15.9,] mm ([1/2][5/8] inch), gypsum sheathing. Provide

gypsum board of with a noncombustible water-resistant core, with glass mat

surfaces embedded to the gypsum core or reinforcing embedded throughout the

gypsum core. Warrant gypsum sheathing board for at least twelve months

against delamination due to direct weather exposure. Provide continuous,

asphalt impregnated, building felt to cover exterior face of sheathing.

[Seal all joints, seams, and penetrations with compatible sealant.]

[2.12.5.1 Glass Mat Covered or Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing Sealant

Provide sealant compatible with glass mat covered or reinforced gypsum

sheathing, rubber washers for masonry veneer anchors, and other associated

cavity wall components such as anchors and through wall flashing. Provide

sealants for glass mat covered or reinforced gypsum sheathing board edge

seams and veneer anchor penetrations recommended by the glass mat covered or

reinforced gypsum sheathing manufacturer and have the following performance

requirements:

a. ASTM D412: Tensile Strength, 551 kilopascals (80 psi)

b. ASTM D412: Ultimate Tensile Strength (maximum elongation), 1172

kilopascals (170 psi)

c. ASTM D624: Tear Strength, dieB, 4.7 kN/m (27 ppi)

d. ASTM D1149: Joint Movement Capability after 14 Days cure, plus or

minus 50 percent.

]][2.12.6 Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board

***************************************************************************

Note: Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board Should Be Used

When Abuse Or Vandalism Of Walls Is Anticipated And

Gypsum Board Is The Only Wall Material Alternative

Feasible. Consult Manufacture For Use Restrictions Of

Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board On Exterior Walls. This

Product Requires A Minimum Of 20 Gauge Metal Framing

As Support, Coordinate with Section 09 22 00 SUPPORTS

FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD.

Some products rely on lexan backing for penetration

resistance. The impervious layer will act as a vapor

barrier which may not be desirable in certain wall

systems and climates.

None of the paper faced gypsum products have high

resistance to abrasion. Designer should cConsider

high strength veneer plaster on wall systems using

abuse resistant gypsum wallboard, coordinate with

Section 09 26 00 VENEER PLASTER.

***************************************************************************

1200 mm (48 inch )wide, 15.9 mm (5/8 inch) thick, tapered edges.

Reinforced gypsum panel with imbedded fiber mesh or lexan backing tested in

accordance with the following tests. Hard body impact test must attain a

Page 44: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 15

Level 2 performance in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M. Provide fasteners

that meet manufacturer requirements and specifications stated within this

section. Abuse resistant gypsum board, when tested in accordance with ASTM

E84, have [a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating

of 50 or less for [_____]] [and] [a flame spread rating of 75 or less and a

smoke developed rating of 100 or less for [_____]].

2.12.6.1 Soft Body Impact Test

ASTM E695 or ASTM D2394 for impact penetration and deformation. ASTM E695

using a 27.2 kg (60 lb) leather bag filled with steel pellets, resisting no

less than 407 N-m (300 ft. lb.) cumulative impact energy before failure or

ASTM D2394 using 139.7 mm (5.5 inch) hemispherical projectile resisting no

less than 357 N-m (264 ft. lb.) before failure. Provide test specimen stud

spacing a minimum 406 mm (16 inch) on center.

2.12.6.2 Hard Body Impact Test

Comply with hard body impact test in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M

Classification Level 2.

2.12.6.3 Surface Abrasion Test

Comply with test surface abrasion test in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M.

2.12.6.4 Indentation Test

ASTM D5420 or ASTM D1037 for indentation resistance. ASTM D5420 using a .907

kg (32 oz) weight with a 16 mm (5/8 inch) hemispherical impacting head

dropped once 915 mm (3 feet) creating not more than 3.5 mm (0.137 inch)

indentation or ASTM D1037 using no less than 213 kg (470 lb) weight applied

to the 11.13 mm (0.438 inch) diameter ball to create not more than a 0.5 mm

(0.0197 inch) indentation depth.

]2.12.7 Predecorated Gypsum Board

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Predecorated gypsum board is available only in

1200 mm (48 inch) wide panels. Interior finish

materials for exits, hospitals, individual rooms with

capacity for 5 or more persons must have a flame

spread rating of 25 or less and smoked developed

rating of 50 or less. Interior finish materials for

other locations must have flame spread rating of 75

or less and smoke developed rating of 100 or less.

Flame spread rating greater than 75 and smoke

developed rating greater than 100 are not permitted.

Refer to UFC 3-600-01, "Fire Protection Engineering

for Facilities," for further guidance on specifying

flame spread and smoke developed ratings.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: If the optional phrase "as selected" is not

used to designate a color (and pattern), insert a

manufacturer's name and color (and pattern)

designation in the blank and add the following to the

Page 45: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 16

end of this paragraph "The manufacturer's name and

catalog designation are provided in order to describe

the color (and pattern) desired. Other

manufacturer's products having a similar color (and

pattern) will be acceptable."

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Insert designations of rooms or areas in which

different flame spread and smoke developed ratings

are required.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C1396/C1396M, [regular] [Type X] gypsum board, 1200 mm (48 inch) wide,

[12.7] [15.9] mm ([1/2] [5/8] inch) thick, with a decorative wall covering

(Class I) [or coating (Class II)] applied in-plant by the gypsum board

manufacturer. The color [and pattern] of wall covering must be [_____] [as

selected]. Provide [_____] color [and pattern] wall covering selected.

[Furnish gypsum board with square edges, and a slight bevel to produce a

shallow vee joint. Wrap all coverings around edges.] Furnish a

predecorated gypsum board with [a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a

smoke developed rating of 50 or less for [_____]] [and] [a flame spread

rating of 75 or less and a smoke developed rating of 100 or less for

[_____]].

2.12.8 Cementitious Backer Units

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For adhesive applied ceramic tile in wet areas

(tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang

shower rooms), specify only cementitious backer

units.

***************************************************************************

In accordance with the Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook.

2.12.9 Joint Treatment Materials

ASTM C475/C475M. Product must be low emitting VOC types with VOC limits not

exceeding 50 g/L. Provide data identifying VOC content of joint compound.

[Use all purpose joint and texturing compound containing inert fillers and

natural binders, including lime compound. Pre-mixed compounds must be free

of antifreeze, vinyl adhesives, preservatives, biocides and other slow

releasing compounds.]

2.12.9.1 Embedding Compound

Specifically formulated and manufactured for use in embedding tape at gypsum

board joints and compatible with tape, substrate and fasteners.

2.12.9.2 Finishing or Topping Compound

Specifically formulated and manufactured for use as a finishing compound.

2.12.9.3 All-Purpose Compound

Page 46: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 17

Specifically formulated and manufactured to serve as both a taping and a

finishing compound and compatible with tape, substrate and fasteners.

2.12.9.4 Setting or Hardening Type Compound

Specifically formulated and manufactured for use with fiber glass mesh tape.

2.12.9.5 Joint Tape

Use cross-laminated, tapered edge, reinforced paper, or fiber glass mesh

tape recommended by the manufacturer.

2.12.10 Fasteners

2.12.10.1 Nails

ASTM C514. [For predecorated gypsum board provide special nails with

factory coated heads of color to match wall covering materials as

recommended by the predecorated gypsum board manufacturer.]

2.12.10.2 Screws

ASTM C1002, Type "G", Type "S" or Type "W" steel drill screws for fastening

gypsum board to gypsum board, wood framing members and steel framing members

less than 0.84 mm (0.033 inch) thick. ASTM C954 steel drill screws for

fastening gypsum board to steel framing members 0.84 to 2.84 mm (0.033 to

0.112 inch) thick. Provide cementitious backer unit screws with a polymer

coating.

2.12.10.3 Staples

1.5 mm thick (No. 16 USS gage )flattened galvanized wire staples with 11.1

mm (7/16 inch) wide crown outside measurement and divergent point for base

ply of two-ply gypsum board application. Use as follows:

Length of Legs Thickness of Gypsum Board

28.6 mm 1-1/8 inches 12.7 mm 1/2 inch

31.8 mm 1-1/4 inches 15.9 mm 5/8 inch

2.12.11 Adhesives

Provide non-aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the building

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) meeting either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of

the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) meeting

either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for

either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of GS-36. Provide certification of indoor air quality for non-

aerosol adhesives applied on the interior of the building (inside of the

weatherproofing system). Provide certification of indoor air quality for

Page 47: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 18

aerosol adhesives used on the interior of the building (inside of the

weatherproofing system).

2.12.11.1 Adhesive for Fastening Gypsum Board to Metal Framing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use adhesive only where screw type fastener

attachment to metal framing is not possible to avoid

difficulty with future gypsum recycling.

***************************************************************************

[Not permitted.][Type recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.]

2.12.11.2 Adhesive for Fastening Gypsum Board to Wood Framing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use adhesive only where screw type fastener

attachment to wood framing is not possible to avoid

difficulty with future gypsum recycling.

***************************************************************************

[Not permitted.][ASTM C557.]

2.12.11.3 Adhesive for Laminating

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use adhesive only where screw type fastener

attachment is not possible to avoid difficulty with

future gypsum recycling.

***************************************************************************

[Not permitted.][ Adhesive attachment is not permitted for multi-layer

gypsum boards. For laminating gypsum studs to face panels, provide adhesive

recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.]

2.12.12 Gypsum Studs

Provide 25 mm (one inch) minimum thickness and 150 mm (6 inch) minimum

width. Studs may be of 25 mm (one inch) thick gypsum board or multilayers

fastened to required thickness. Conform to ASTM C1396/C1396M for material

and GA 216 for installation.

2.12.13 Shaftwall Liner Panel

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Shaftwall panels are typically used for

elevators, stairwells and mechanical chases that

penetrate rated floor systems. When using shaftwall

system, edit Section 09 22 00 SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER

AND GYPSUM BOARD to include shaftwall liner panel

metal studs.

***************************************************************************

ASTM C1396/C1396M. Conform to the UL Fire Resistance for the Design

Numbers(s) indicated for shaftwall liner panels. Manufacture liner panel

for cavity shaftwall system, with water-resistant paper faces, bevel edges,

Page 48: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 19

single lengths to fit required conditions, [25.4 mm] [19.05 mm] ([1 inch]

[3/4 inch]) thick, by 610 mm (24inch) wide.

2.12.14 Accessories

ASTM C1047. Fabricate from corrosion protected steel or plastic designed

for intended use. Accessories manufactured with paper flanges are not

acceptable. Flanges must be free of dirt, grease, and other materials that

may adversely affect bond of joint treatment. Provide prefinished or job

decorated materials. [For predecorated gypsum board provide prefinished

metal or plastic trim to match predecorated gypsum board.]

2.12.15 Asphalt Impregnated Building Felt

Provide a 6.7 kg (15 lb) asphalt moisture barrier over glass mat covered or

reinforced gypsum sheathing. Conforming to ASTM D226/D226M Type 1 (No. 15)

for asphalt impregnated building felt.

2.12.16 Water

Provide clean, fresh, and potable water.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

3.1.1 Framing and Furring

Verify that framing and furring are securely attached and of sizes and

spacing to provide a suitable substrate to receive gypsum board and

cementitious backer units. Verify that all blocking, headers and supports

are in place to support plumbing fixtures and to receive soap dishes, grab

bars, towel racks, and similar items. Do not proceed with work until

framing and furring are acceptable for application of gypsum board and

cementitious backer units.

3.1.2 [Gypsum Board] [and] [Framing]

Verify that surfaces of [gypsum board] [and] [framing] to be bonded with an

adhesive are free of dust, dirt, grease, and any other foreign matter. Do

not proceed with work until surfaces are acceptable for application of

gypsum board with adhesive.

3.1.3 [Masonry] [and] [Concrete] Walls

Verify that surfaces of [masonry] [and] [concrete] walls to receive gypsum

board applied with adhesive are dry, free of dust, oil, form release agents,

protrusions and voids, and any other foreign matter. Do not proceed with

work until surfaces are acceptable for application of gypsum board with

adhesive.

3.1.4 Building Construction Materials

Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of

biological growth.

Page 49: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 20

3.2 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Coordinate with the drawings to ensure that

all types of gypsum board specified are indicated.

Terminology on the drawings should be identical to

that in the specifications.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Allow adhesive bonding of gypsum board and

substrate members only when required for proper

installation.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use of special clips designed to provide

support at wall corners and wall-ceiling

intersections in lieu of backup studs or blocking

minimizes framing, and is approved except where not

permitted in fire rated assemblies. Include gypsum

or ceiling board over framing sentence when

appropriate with design and meets industry guidance

and requirements for fire rated assemblies. Ceilings

insulated with heavy or compressed insulation (such

as cellulose, mineral wool, or compressed fiberglass

batts) may require 16 mm (5/8 inch) gypsum board.

***************************************************************************

Apply gypsum board to framing and furring members in accordance with ASTM

C840 or GA 216 and the requirements specified. Apply gypsum board with

separate panels in moderate contact; do not force in place. Stagger end

joints of adjoining panels. Neatly fit abutting end and edge joints. Use

gypsum board of maximum practical length; select panel sizes to minimize

waste. Cut out gypsum board to make neat, close, and tight joints around

openings. In vertical application of gypsum board, provide panels in

lengths required to reach full height of vertical surfaces in one continuous

piece. Lay out panels to minimize waste; reuse cutoffs whenever feasible.

Surfaces of gypsum board and substrate members may [not ]be bonded together

with an adhesive[, except where prohibited by fire rating(s)]. Treat edges

of cutouts for plumbing pipes, screwheads, and joints with water-resistant

compound as recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer. Minimize framing

by floating corners with single studs and drywall clips. [Install [16

mm(5/8 inch)][_____] gypsum or [13 mm(1/2 inch)][_____] ceiling board over

framing at [610 mm(24 inch)][_____] on center.] Provide type of gypsum

board for use in each system specified herein as indicated.

3.2.1 Application of Single-Ply Gypsum Board to Wood Framing

Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System I or GA 216.

3.2.2 Application of Two-Ply Gypsum Board to Wood Framing

Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System II or GA 216.

3.2.3 Adhesive Nail-On Application to Wood Framing

Page 50: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 21

Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System III or GA 216. This method may

be used in lieu of ASTM C840, System I at the option of the Contractor.

3.2.4 Semi-Solid Gypsum Board Partitions

Provide in accordance with ASTM C840, System IV or GA 216 .

3.2.5 Solid Gypsum Board Partitions

Provide in accordance with ASTM C840, System V or GA 216.

3.2.6 Adhesive Application to Interior Masonry or Concrete Walls

Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System VI or GA 216.

3.2.7 Application of Gypsum Board to Steel Framing and Furring

Apply in accordance with ASTM C840, System VIII or GA 216.

3.2.8 Arches and Bending Radii

Apply gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, System IX or GA 216.

3.2.9 Gypsum Board for Wall Tile or Tile Base Applied with Adhesive

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For adhesive applied ceramic tile in wet areas

(tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang

shower rooms), specify cementitious backer board (in

accordance with the Tile Council of America Handbook)

as the substrate; specify ASTM C1178/C1178M glass mat

water-resistant backing board or ASTM C1396/C1396M

water-resistant gypsum backing board for other tiled

areas including areas where only ceramic or quarry

tile base is to be installed.

***************************************************************************

In dry areas (areas other than tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms,

gang shower rooms), apply glass mat water-resistant gypsum tile backing

board [or water-resistant gypsum backing board] in accordance with ASTM

C840, System X or GA 216.

3.2.10 Exterior Application

Apply exterior gypsum board (such as at soffits) in accordance with ASTM

C840, System XI or GA 216.

3.2.11 Glass Mat Covered or Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Choose the bracketed option below if sealant

will be applied to sheathing joints and penetrations

in addition to the asphalt impregnated building felt.

***************************************************************************

Apply glass mat covered or fiber reinforced gypsum sheathing in accordance

to gypsum association publications GA 253. Follow gypsum sheathing

Page 51: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 22

manufacturer's requirements of design details for joints and fasteners and

be properly installed to protect the substrate from moisture intrusion. Do

not leave exposed surfaces of the glass mat covered or fiber reinforced

gypsum sheathing beyond the manufacturer's recommendation without a weather

barrier cladding. Provide continuous asphalt impregnated building felt over

sheathing surface in shingle fashion with edges and ends lapped a minimum of

150 mm (6 inch). Properly flash the openings. [Seal all joints, seams, and

penetrations with a compatible silicone sealant.]

3.2.12 Floating Interior Angles

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use of special clips designed to provide

support at wall corners and wall-ceiling

intersections in lieu of backup studs or blocking

minimizes framing, and is approved except where not

permitted in fire rated assemblies. Include gypsum

or ceiling board over framing sentence when

appropriate for design and meets industry guidance

and requirements for fire rated assemblies.

***************************************************************************

Minimize framing by floating corners with single studs and drywall clips.

Locate the attachment fasteners adjacent to ceiling and wall intersections

in accordance with ASTM C840, System XII or GA 216, for [single-ply] [and]

[two-ply] applications of gypsum board to wood framing.

3.2.13 Control Joints

Install expansion and contraction joints in ceilings and walls in accordance

with ASTM C840, System XIII or GA 216. Fill control joints between studs in

fire-rated construction with firesafing insulation to match the fire-rating

of construction.

3.2.14 Application of Foil-Backed Gypsum Board

Apply foil-backed gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, System XIV or

GA 216.

3.2.15 Application of Predecorated Gypsum Board

Apply predecorated gypsum board in accordance with GA 224. Attach

predecorated gypsum board with adhesive and fasteners as recommended by the

manufacturer. Conceal fasteners in the finished work.

3.2.16 Application of Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board

Apply in accordance with applicable system of ASTM C840 as specified or GA

216. Follow manufacturers written instructions on how to cut, drill and

attach board.

3.3 APPLICATION OF CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS

3.3.1 Application

In wet areas (tubs, shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang shower

rooms), apply cementitious backer units in accordance with ANSI A108.11.

Page 52: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 23

Place a 7.6 kg (15 lb) asphalt impregnated, continuous felt paper membrane

behind cementitious backer units, between backer units and studs or base

layer of gypsum board. Place membrane with a minimum 150 mm (6 inch)

overlap of sheets laid shingle style.

3.3.2 Joint Treatment

ANSI A108.11.

3.4 FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD

Tape and finish gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, GA 214 and GA

216. Finish plenum areas above ceilings to Level 1 in accordance with GA

214. Finish water resistant gypsum backing board, ASTM C1396/C1396M, to

receive ceramic tile to Level 2 in accordance with GA 214. Finish walls and

ceilings to receive a heavy-grade wall covering or heave textured finish

before painting to Level 3 in accordance with GA 214. Finish walls and

ceilings without critical lighting to receive flat paints, light textures,

or wall coverings to Level 4 in accordance with GA 214. Unless otherwise

specified, finish all gypsum board walls, partitions and ceilings to Level 5

in accordance with GA 214. Provide joint, fastener depression, and corner

treatment. Tool joints as smoothly as possible to minimize sanding and

dust. Do not use self-adhering fiber glass mesh tape with conventional

drying type joint compounds; use setting or hardening type compounds only.

Provide treatment for water-resistant gypsum board as recommended by the

gypsum board manufacturer. Protect workers, building occupants, and HVAC

systems from gypsum dust.

3.4.1 Uniform Surface

Wherever gypsum board is to receive eggshell, semigloss or gloss paint

finish, or where severe, up or down lighting conditions occur, finish gypsum

wall surface in accordance to GA 214 Level 5. In accordance with GA 214

Level 5, apply a thin skim coat of joint compound to the entire gypsum board

surface, after the two-coat joint and fastener treatment is complete and

dry.

[3.4.2 Metal Trim for Predecorated Gypsum Board

Finish edges, ends, and joints of predecorated gypsum board, except

prefinished vee joints and monolithic type joints, with metal or plastic

trim selected to match the gypsum board finish.

]3.5 SEALING

Seal openings around pipes, fixtures, and other items projecting through

gypsum board and cementitious backer units as specified in Section 07 92 00

JOINT SEALANTS. Apply material with exposed surface flush with gypsum board

or cementitious backer units.

[3.5.1 Sealing for Glass Mat or Reinforced Gypsum Board Sheathing

Apply silicone sealant in a 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) bead to all joints and trowel

flat. Apply enough of the same sealant to all fasteners penetrating through

the glass mat gypsum board surface to completely cover the penetration when

troweled flat. [Do not place construction and materials behind sheathing

Page 53: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 29 00 Page 24

until a visual inspection of sealed joints during daylight hours has been

completed by Contracting Officer.]

]3.6 FIRE-RESISTANT ASSEMBLIES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Coordinate with the drawings to ensure that UL

or GA design numbers are indicated for fire-resistant

assemblies. If review of building code requires

pressurized enclosures, include the following:

Pressurized fire-rated gypsum board enclosures must

allow the mechanical and electrical life-safety

systems to operate in accordance with the design

intent. Air pressure within elevator shaft must be

360 Pa. (7.5 psf.) Air pressure within stair shaft

must be 240 Pa. (5.0 psf.) Maximum mid-span

deflection must be L/360.

***************************************************************************

Wherever fire-rated construction is indicated, provide materials and

application methods, including types and spacing of fasteners,[ wall[ and

ceiling] framing] in accordance with the specifications contained in [UL

Fire Resistance for the Design Number(s) indicated], [or] [GA 600 for the

File Number(s) indicated]. Joints of fire-rated gypsum board enclosures

must be closed and sealed in accordance with UL test requirements or GA

requirements. Seal penetrations through rated partitions and ceilings tight

in accordance with tested systems.

3.7 PATCHING

Patch surface defects in gypsum board to a smooth, uniform appearance, ready

to receive finishes. [Remove predecorated gypsum board which cannot be

restored to like-new condition. Provide new predecorated gypsum board.]

3.8 SHAFTWALL FRAMING

Install the shaftwall system in accordance with the system manufacturer's

published instructions. Coordinate bucks, anchors, blocking and other items

placed in or behind shaftwall framing with electrical and mechanical work.

Patch or replace fireproofing materials which are damaged or removed during

shaftwall construction.

-- End of Section --

Page 54: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 35 16 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 35 16 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 35 16

CHEMICAL-RESISTANT QUARRY TILING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for quarry tile with chemical resistant

grout and setting bed for use in medium to large

dining facilities and other areas subject to spillage

of acids or other chemicals.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: On the drawings, show:

1. Rooms, areas, or spaces to have chemical-

resistant quarry tile floors including under ranges,

kettles, and ovens and areas 600 mm (2 feet) beyond

such items, as well as 600 mm (2 feet) outside trough

areas; within dish-and pot-washing areas, food-

preparation areas, serving areas, and garbage rooms.

If quarry tile with conventional mortar and grout is

also included in the project, areas for each type

must be clearly indicated.

Page 55: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 2

2. Depressed concrete slabs, 16 mm for 13 mm (5/8

inch for 1/2 inch) tile and 22 mm for 19 mm (7/8 inch

for 3/4 inch) tile so that tile surfaces will align

with adjacent finish materials. See detail F 131-15

or F 133-15 in Tile Council of America Inc. Handbook

for Ceramic Tile Installation for recommended

details.

3. Slope of floors to drain.

4. Treatment at expansion joints in tiled floors.

5. Thresholds at doorways.

6. Details at floor sinks, floor drains,

intersections with walls, equipment bases, and trough

areas.

***************************************************************************

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C267 (2001; R 2012) Chemical Resistance of

Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings

and Polymer Concretes

ASTM C395 (2001; R 2012) Chemical-Resistant Resin

Mortars

Page 56: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 3

ASTM C413 (2011; R 2012) Absorption of Chemical-

Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic

Surfacings and Polymer Concretes

ASTM C658 (1998; R 2012) Chemical-Resistant Resin

Grouts for Brick or Tile

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

TILE COUNCIL OF NORTH AMERICA (TCNA)

TCNA Hdbk (2013) Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone

Tile Installation

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

Page 57: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 4

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Quarry Tile; G[, [_____]]

Grout; G[, [_____]]

SD-04 Samples

Quarry Tile; G[, [_____]]

Grout; G[, [_____]]

SD-06 Test Reports

Grout; G[, [_____]]

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Quarry Tile

Grout; G[, [_____]]

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Chemical-Resistant Quarry Tile; S

Indoor Air Quality for Mortar and Grout; S

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the site in manufacturers' original unbroken packages

or containers plainly labeled with manufacturers' names and brands. Grade

mark tile containers. Store materials in dry locations. Handle materials

in a manner that will prevent inclusion of foreign materials and damage by

water, dampness, or temperature extremes. Store materials in area in which

they will be used at temperatures not lower than 16 degrees C (60 degrees F)

at least 24 hours before use.

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Page 58: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 5

Do not start tile work unless ambient temperature of work area is at least

16 degrees C (60 degrees F) and rising, and slab temperature is not less

than 16 degrees C (60 degrees F). Maintain room and slab at these minimum

temperatures without interruption while work is in progress and for at least

3 days after completion of work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

***************************************************************************

2.1.1 Recycled Content for Chemical-Resistant Quarry Tiling Materials

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 MATERIALS

Provide materials conforming to the standards, specifications, and other

requirements listed below:

2.12.1 Quarry Tile

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Check availability of tile colors in the sizes

specified before specifying color. Also, check

availability of tile thickness before specifying.

***************************************************************************

Page 59: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 6

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Research shows the product is available among US

national manufacturers above the minimum recycled

content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers

and regions have higher percentages. Based on

research, insert desired minimum percentages into the

empty set of brackets.

***************************************************************************

TCNA Hdbk, standard grade, [_____] by [_____] [150 by 150 mm] ([6 by 6

inches]) by [minimum 13 mm (1/2 inch)] [_____] thick, color [indicated]

[selected by the Contracting Officer from the manufacturer's standard color

samples.] [Minimum thickness in Garbage Room must be 30 by 200 by 200 mm

(1-1/4 by 8 by 8 inches).] Quarry tile must have flat or serrated back.

Chemical-Resistant Quarry Tiling Materials must contain a minimum of

[3][10][_____] percent recycled content, as calculated by the sum of the

post-consumer plus 1/2 pre-consumer recycled content. Provide data

identifying percentage of recycled content for chemical-resistant quarry

tile.

2.12.1.1 Slip-Resistant Quarry Tile

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Slip-resistant quarry tile should be specified

for areas where food and water spillage cause the

floors to be slippery and hazardous (e.g.,

dishwashing areas, sculleries, food-preparation

areas).

***************************************************************************

Provide quarry tile for floors [of [_____]] that contain an abrasive

aggregate uniformly embedded into face surface of tile. Abrasive aggregate

must be fused aluminum oxide or other rustproof aggregate of comparable

hardness having a grain size smaller than 1.18 mm (16 mesh) and larger than

150 micrometers (100 mesh) (US Standard Sieve Sizes). Tile provided must

contain grains in the surface between 50 percent and 150 percent, on the

average by count, and as much aggregate as the approved samples.

2.12.1.2 Quarry Tile Trim Units

TCNA Hdbk standard grade. Provide cove base around perimeter of floors and

at vertical projections through floors. Provide bullnose trim around

depressions in floors. Provide rounded internal and external corners with

13 mm (1/2 inch) minimum radius using appropriate matching corner units.

Page 60: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 7

2.12.2 Chemical-Resistant Mortar and Grout

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Insert other items or areas subject to heat

beyond 54 degrees C (130 degrees F).

If a project design includes use of mortar and grout

products on the building interior (inside the

weatherproofing system), include the bracketed

paragraph requiring products with low emissions or

low VOC content properties. indoor air quality

certifications as defined in Part 1 of this

specification.

***************************************************************************

Provide chemical-resistant grout for quarry tile floors [in [_____]].

Provide a compatible system of setting bed and joint material from a single

source. In addition to the chemical resistance and physical properties

specified, conform mortar and grout to the following:

[Provide Mmortar and grout products used on the interior of the building

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meetmeeting either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide certification validation of

indoor air quality for mortar and grout from certification body.]

2.12.2.1 Furan Mortar

ASTM C395. Either two-component or three-component is acceptable.

2.12.2.2 Furan Grout

ASTM C658.

2.12.2.3 Epoxy

ASTM C395 for setting tile grouted with furan.

2.12.2.4 Epoxy Mortar and Grout

TCNA Hdbk.

2.23 FACTORY TESTS

2.23.1 Chemical Resistance

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The chemicals and strengths are those

considered necessary for use in food preparation and

serving areas of medium to large dining facilities.

For other types of projects modify the list of

chemicals to reflect the exposure likely to be

encountered.

***************************************************************************

Page 61: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 8

Test mortar and grout in accordance with ASTM C267 except as modified

herein. Immerse test specimens in the test solutions for 28 days, and

maintain solutions continuously at 79 degrees C (175 degrees F) for furan

and 60 degrees C (140 degrees F) for epoxy. The test specimens must not

change in weight more than 5 percent after immersion, or exhibit a

compressive strength of less than 90 percent of the compressive strength of

specimens that have aged in air at 21 to 26 degrees C (70 to 80 degrees F)

during conditioning period. Test for chemical resistance to the following

solutions:

a. Acetic acid, 5 percent

b. Citric acid, 5 percent

c. Lactic acid, 5 percent

d. Sodium hypochlorite, 5 percent

e. Trisodium phosphate, 5 percent

f. Household ammonia (test at room temperature)

g. Sugar, saturated solution

h. Vegetable oil

2.23.2 Physical Properties

After curing for 7 days at 21 to 26 degrees C (70 to 80 degrees F), the

mortar must:

a. have a water absorption of not more than 0.5 percent when tested in

accordance with ASTM C413;

b. have a hardness of not less than 90 percent of its initial hardness

immediately before exposure, when tested after being exposed for 6

hours at 54 degrees C (130 degrees F) for epoxy resin mortar and 93

degrees C (200 degrees F) for furan resin mortar. Conduct hardness

tests on 10 by 19 mm (3/8 by 3/4 inch) samples with a Barcol Hardness

Tester, within 30 seconds after the samples are removed from the oven.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

Do not start tile work until rough-in for plumbing, heating, ventilating,

air conditioning, and electrical work has been completed and tested [and

membrane waterproofing has been installed and tested]. Protect the work of

other trades in area where tile work is to be done.

3.1.1 Preparation of Tile

***************************************************************************

NOTE: According to manufacturers, the prefinished

wax surface is no longer available. Factory-coated

units should be specified, if available, when

experience indicates that application of wax in the

Page 62: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 9

field is unsatisfactory. Used as a protector for

epoxy or furan grout - verify with the tile

manufacturer if this is avaialble. Once grouting is

complete, wax should be steamed off and removed.

When factory coated units are not selected, add

language to require the application of a sealer and

grout release agent per manufacturer's

recommendations.

***************************************************************************

[Factory coat] [Coat] with hot paraffin wax to produce a thin continuous

film on the face surfaces only of quarry tile units to be installed and

grouted with furan. Apply wax in such manner that it will not get on edges

or backs of tile. Handle tile in a manner that will prevent waxed surfaces

of units from touching the backs or edges of other units. Remove from the

job tile with wax on edges or backs. Verify that wax used is acceptable to

grout manufacturer. With flatback or serrated back tile use 6 mm (1/4 inch)

square notched trowel with notches on 13 mm (1/2 inch) centers.

3.1.2 Preparation of Concrete Floors for Setting Beds

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Where tile is to be installed, concrete slabs

should not have air entrainment or other additives in

the mix, nor sealers or curing compounds applied

without specific approval of mortar and grout

manufacturer. Slabs should have steel trowel and

fine broom finish and be free of laitance. In case

of any question on condition of slab, it should be

tested for bondability with a Dillon Dynamometer and

show a tensile bond of not less than 2068 kPa (300

psi). These requirements should be incorporated in

Section 03 30 00.00 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

***************************************************************************

Before tile is applied, test structural floor for levelness or uniformity of

slope by water. Fill, level, and retest areas as required to meet

tolerances specified in TCNA Hdbk and retest. When specified levelness or

uniformity of slope is obtained, prepare floors for setting bed in

accordance with TCNA Hdbk. Free floors of sealers, coatings, oil, dirt, and

dust. Prepare floors before application of resin mortar in accordance with

printed instructions and recommendations of the mortar manufacturer.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Except where specified otherwise herein, apply materials in accordance with

manufacturer's printed instructions, including recommended safety

requirements.

3.2.1 Setting Bed

Using a plain (not serrated) trowel, apply a continuous setting bed of

chemical-resistant mortar, not less than 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick. Apply only

over a floor area that can be tiled during "open time" of mortar. Place

tile into setting bed and tap lightly to a true plane. Level tile as it is

placed. Maintain uniform tile joints of 6 mm (1/4 inch) minimum and 10 mm

Page 63: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 35 16 Page 10

(3/8 inch) maximum width. Allow the setting bed to cure sufficiently to

anchor tile in place, but not less than 24 hours, at a floor temperature of

not less than 16 degrees C (60 degrees F). When furan setting bed is used,

first install a glass reinforced asphalt membrane. With flatback or

serrated back tile use trowel with 6 mm (1/4 inch) square notches on 13 mm

(1/2 inch) centers.

3.2.2 Tile Joints

After the setting bed has cured, fill tile joints with chemical-resistant

grout. Spread grout on surface of tile and work it into the open joints

with a trowel. Fill joints flush with top surfaces of tile. Remove excess

grout with one pass of a trowel or squeegee pulled diagonally across joints

in order to prevent imperfect filling and low joints. Immediately fill

voids, pinholes, and depressions with additional grout. Protect completed

joints from dampness. Permit grout to harden for not less than 72 hours.

Flush cure joints with tile edges; contour depression must not exceed 1.2 mm

for 6 mm (3/64 inch for 1/4 inch) wide joints or 2 mm for 10 mm (1/16 inch

for 3/8 inch) wide joints. Sealants for expansion joints provided by the

grout manufacturer must be compatible with grout and setting mortars.

Completely fill joints with no back up foam or rope. Install joints maximum

6000 mm (20 feet) on center above slab around room peripheries and columns

but not at drains.

3.2.3 Tile Installation

Install and grout tile with water cleanable tile setting and grouting epoxy

in accordance with TCNA Hdbk.

3.3 CLEANING

After grout has hardened, scrub and wash tile surfaces with steam or hot

water to melt wax coating and remove excess grout. Remove remnants of grout

with wide-bladed paint scraper or other tool that will not damage tile.

Rinse tile with clean warm water applied with a flat sponge. Remove excess

water from floor, and leave floor dry when work is completed. Remove tile

from which surface grout cannot be removed without damage to tile. Remove

damaged tile and provide new tile.

3.4 PROTECTION

Cover finished tile floors with clean building paper before permitting foot

traffic on them. Place board walkways on floors that are to be continuously

used as passageways by workmen.

-- End of Section --

Page 64: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 00 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding

UFGS-09 64 00 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 64 00

PORTABLE (DEMOUNTABLE) WOOD FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for portable (demountable) wood flooring

for use in enclosed multipurpose areas.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: On the drawings, show:

1. Elevation of top of concrete slab on which floor

system is to be installed

2. Location of equipment around which flooring is to

be installed

3. Locations of, and structural provisions for,

anchor-plate assemblies for sports equipment

4. Plan of floor system showing overall dimension of

portable panels, sizes and installation pattern of

floor panels, and game line markings

5. Storage spaces for floor panels and flat bed,

four-wheel storage trucks.

Page 65: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 2

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)

ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of

Sustainability 2015-2020

AMERICAN WOOD PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (AWPA)

AWPA C1 (2003) All Timber Products - Preservative

Treatment by Pressure Processes

AWPA C2 (2003) Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine

Ties - Preservative Treatment by Pressure

Processes

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

CSA GROUP (CSA)

CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management

FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)

Page 66: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 3

FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest

Stewardship

MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MFMA)

MFMA AFSFSCL (2003) Athletic Floor Sealer and Finish

Specifications and Conformance List #22

MFMA GRHM (2000) Grading Rules for MFMA Northern

Hardwood Maple

PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)

PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of

Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)

SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,

Procedures and Guidance

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

Page 67: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 4

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control

approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Flooring System

Submit drawings indicating the overall layout, the panel numbers,

and the complete details of the floor system. Include all assembly

and disassembly instructions.

SD-03 Product Data

Finish Wood Flooring

Floor Finish Material

Coating for Flooring Panels

SD-04 Samples

Wood Floor Unit; G[, [_____]]

Accessories

Submit one wood floor unit, consisting of two completely

finished, interlocked partial panels measuring 915 by 915 mm (36 by

36 inches).

SD-07 Certificates

[Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; G[, [_____]]

] Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Wood Flooring Unit Assembly

Wood Flooring Unit Storage

Page 68: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 5

Finishing

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Finish Maintenance, Data Package 1; G[, [_____]]

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

[Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Flooring; S

]Indoor Air Quality for Floor Finish Material; S

Indoor Air Quality for Game Line Marking Materials; S

Indoor Air Quality for Coating for Flooring Panels; S

1.3 CERTIFICATIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes

from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and

thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection

of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife

habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of

water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,

replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party

certification audits performed by accredited

certification bodies; 3) Publicly available

certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder

involvement in a standards development process; 5)

Complaints and appeals process.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition before specifying these sustainably

harvested wood certifications - if these conditions

are verified for the project locale, include the

following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete

certifications other than FSC; for all other projects

pursuing third-party certification allow the entire

list of third party certifications.

***************************************************************************

[1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS

STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program

certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of

Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying

organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with

chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood

certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.

Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.

Page 69: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 6

] 1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

1.3.2.1 Paints and Coatings

Provide products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.

Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.

1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Deliver floor materials to the building site in original containers,

properly assembled and thoroughly protected by providing flat-strapped wire,

fiberboard protectors, blocking, and bulkheading, as necessary. Before the

initial assembly and erection, store the floor materials under cover in a

well-ventilated, enclosed area so that the floor materials are not exposed

to extreme changes in temperature and humidity. Do not store the floor

materials in an enclosed area under construction until the concrete,

masonry, ceramic tile work, terrazzo, and plaster are dry.

1.5 STANDARD PRODUCT

Provide portable (demountable) wood flooring system product of a

manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such wood flooring

systems. Provide all accessories required for a finished installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must verify suitability, availability within

the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying these certifications.

***************************************************************************

[2.1.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this

section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed

in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;

identify those products that meet project requirements for certified

sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.

]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)(Low-Emitting Materials) for

Products

Page 70: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 7

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 MATERIALS

2.12.1 Wood Framing Members

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Modify the pressure-preservative treatment

specified herein in accordance with the

recommendations made by the special assistant for

entomology and wood preservation assigned by NAVFAC

directives.

***************************************************************************

Use kiln-dried, 50 by 75 mm (2 by 3 inch) (nominal size), S4S, No. 1 common

and better Douglas fir or No. 2 dimension southern pine lumber. The

moisture content of the lumber must not exceed 15 percent. Provide

pressure-preservative treatment of the lumber in accordance with AWPA C1 and

AWPA C2.

2.12.2 Finish Wood Flooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select the appropriate flooring as follows:

First Grade--where fine appearance is desired, e.g.,

churches, offices, hospitals; Second and Better

Grade--stores, schools, factories, and other similar

locations; Third and Better Grade--recreation rooms,

factories, warehouses, grain storage bins, farm

buildings, and other similar locations.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying this certification.

***************************************************************************

Provide flooring of hard maple (acer saccharum), graded in accordance with

the MFMA GRHM "Grading Rules for Hard Maple." Provide flooring of [26.2

mm(33/32 inch)] [19.8 mm(25/32 inch)] thickness with a 57 mm (2 1/4 inch)

face, kiln dried, continuous tongue-and groove, and end-matched. Clearly

stamp the flooring: [First Grade] [Second and Better Grade] [Third and

Better Grade]. Provide wood products with no added urea-formaldehyde

resins. The moisture content of the flooring must not exceed 8 percent at

the time of arrival and must not be greater than [8 to 10] [8 to 9] percent

when installed.[ Provide certified sustainably harvested wood flooring.]

Page 71: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 8

2.12.3 Portable Flooring Subfloor

Provide subfloor of 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) thick fir or pine plywood, C-D grade

with exterior grade glue, Exposure 1.

2.12.4 Floor Finish Material

The floor finish material must be selected by the flooring manufacturer from

the latest MFMA AFSFSCL "Floor Finish List." The finish material must be

suitable for the service requirements imposed on the type of portable

flooring specified herein. Provide products certified to meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of

indoor air quality for floor finish material.

2.12.5 Kiln Drying

Only flooring which has been kiln dried will be considered to be standard

grade.

2.12.6 Edge Grain Flooring

Use edge grain hardwood flooring consisting of pieces with annual rings that

range from 30 degrees horizontal to 90 degrees vertical.

[2.12.7 Game Line Marking Materials

Use game line marking materials recommended by the wood floor finish

manufacturer. Provide products certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of indoor air quality

for game line marking materials.

]2.12.8 Nails

Use coated casing nails, screw nails, staples, or nailing cleats recommended

by the flooring manufacturer.

[2.12.9 Storage Trucks

***************************************************************************

NOTE: If trucks are to be used for storage of floor

panels, one truck will be required for each row of

floor panels. An 18 by 34 meter (A 60 by 112 foot)

floor will have 15 rows of floor panels, will require

15 storage trucks and 48 square meters (480 square

feet) of floor space for storage with each row

approximately 1065 mm (42 inches) high.

***************************************************************************

Use manufacturer-recommended flatbed, four-wheel roller-bearing trucks of

approximately 1200 by 2400 mm (4 by 8 feet) on which to stack the panels.

]2.12.10 Coating for Flooring Panels

Page 72: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 9

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use Group II finish for multipurpose, high-

wear areas; use Group III for floors to be utilized

solely for sports.

***************************************************************************

The coating must conform to MFMA AFSFSCL "Heavy-Duty and Gymnasium Finishes

for Maple, Beech, and Birch Floors"; Group [II] [III] finish. Provide

products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless

of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide

certification validation of indoor air quality for coating for flooring

panels.

2.12.11 Moisture, Insect, and Fungi Protection

Structural wood members must be treated for moisture and termite protection.

Prior to shipment, apply to the underside portion of the floor system,

including subflooring, a heavy coating of pigmented, moisture-repellent

resin paint with additives to control moisture absorption and to prevent

attack by termites and fungi.

2.23 FLOORING SYSTEM

2.23.1 Design

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The overall dimensions specified cover the

optimum floor size for an official basketball court

as required by the National Collegiate Athletic

Association (NCAA).

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The section of the project specification

pertaining to the subfloor should include the

requirement that the subfloor must not vary more than

6 mm (1/4 inch) within an area 3 by 3 meters (10 by

10 feet). If the intent is to install the portable

floor over an existing floor, specify the 6 mm (1/4

inch) tolerance in paragraph INSPECTION OF THE

SUBFLOORS.

***************************************************************************

Design and construct the system for use over [a concrete floor slab as

specified in Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.] [a wood subfloor as

specified in Section 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY.] [an ice rink surface.] [a

synthetic floor surface.] Provide flooring system consisting primarily of

1200 by 2400 mm and 1200 by 1200 mm (4 by 8 foot and 4 by 4 foot) self-

aligning and interlocking panels. Each panel must consist of hardwood strip

flooring nailed to subflooring which is nailed to rigid lumber frames.

2.23.2 Assembly and Construction

Provide an assembled floor that is properly aligned, smooth, level and with

the overall appearance of being a permanent floor. Bolts, screws or other

Page 73: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 10

fastening or locking devices must not be visible on the floor surface.

Design and construct the flooring panels in a manner affording simple and

recurrent assembling, interlocking, disassembling, and storing without the

use of special tools or equipment. Ensure that all like panels are

interchangeable and replaceable. The method of panel assembling and locking

must preclude inadvertent disassembling under all types of playing

conditions. Where they are used, the projecting tongues interlocking the

flooring sections must be wood, metal, metal-clad, or another material

approved by the Contracting Officer.

2.34 SHOP FABRICATION AND PREASSEMBLY

2.34.1 Framing

Use jigs for each fabrication operation to provide for maximum accuracy.

Space the framing members at a maximum of 300 mm (12 inches) on center.

Fasten the framing members and blocking from the top. The bottom surfaces

of the framing and blocking must be free of protrusions or sharp edges that

could prevent proper seating of the finished panel or could prevent stacking

of the panels for storage or shipment. Provide frames rigid, square, level,

and true.

2.34.2 Finished Flooring

Lay the finished flooring over [the subflooring and] the framing members,

running the flooring parallel with the long dimensions of the panels.

Stagger the adjacent ends of the flooring strips so that there will be at

least two strips of flooring between the joints.

2.34.2.1 Fastening the Finished Flooring

Fasten the finished flooring to [the subflooring and] the framing members

with coated nails, screw nails, staples, or nailing cleats. Fasten each

strip of flooring at each bearing. Provide for any normal expansion,

contraction, or aeration in each panel.

2.34.3 Preassembly

Prior to shipment, preassemble the entire floor at the factory with all

panels interlocked, and prepare for the sanding and finishing operations

specified herein. Maintain proper temperatures and humidity conditions

necessary to retain the quality of the flooring. During the preassembling

of the flooring, note any inaccuracies, misalignments, or other defects, and

make the necessary corrections before shipping the panels. Letter or number

each panel on its the ends to indicate its position in the assembling of the

floor.

2.45 [SHOP] [FIELD] SANDING, FINISHING, AND MARKING

***************************************************************************

NOTE: If it is preferred to have the sanding,

finishing, and marking performed at the jobsite, the

specification should be modified accordingly.

***************************************************************************

2.45.1 Sanding

Page 74: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 11

Machine sand the surface of the wood floor and edging using coarse, medium,

and fine grades of sandpaper, respectively, to provide for smooth and level

surfaces. Following this perform a final disc sanding of the wood floor.

2.45.2 Finishing

Within 24 hours after the final sanding, sweep the floor clean using a tacky

rag with a solvent recommended by the manufacturer of the floor finish

material. Apply a liberal coat of sealer to the floor, and thoroughly dry

and burnish the floor with No. 2 steel wool using an industrial-type power

machine. Repeat this procedure with each coat, as specified in MFMA AFSFSCL

specifications. [After the final burnishing but prior to the application of

the final two finish coats, lay out and mark the game lines as specified

herein. After the game lines are thoroughly dry, apply the final two finish

coats.]

[2.45.3 Game Line Marking

[Striping and patterns must be completed in the manufacturing plant. ]Lay

out the game lines [,] [and the fields, ][and the patterns,] as indicated,

masking the edges to provide for sharp, clean edges. Provide straight edges

and uniform widths. Apply the markings of colors as indicated, providing a

minimum dry film thickness of one mil.

]PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION OF THE SUBFLOORS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The section of the project specification

pertaining to the subfloor should include the

requirement that the subfloor must not vary more than

6 mm (1/4 inch) within an area 3 by 3 meters (10 by

10 feet). If the intent is to install the portable

floor over an existing floor, specify the 6 mm (1/4

inch) tolerance in paragraph INSPECTION OF THE

SUBFLOORS.

***************************************************************************

Do not install portable floor systems on subfloors having defects that could

prevent proper installation. Before the initial installation of the floor,

correct all defects in the subfloor.

3.2 FIELD ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, DISASSEMBLY, AND STORAGE

Do not install the floor in an enclosed area under construction until the

concrete, masonry, ceramic tile work, terrazzo, and plaster are dry. Do not

install building construction materials that show visual evidence of

biological growth.

3.2.1 Assembly and Installation

Assemble and install the entire floor system at the designated location.

Unless directed otherwise, leave the floor system in place for a minimum of

one week to permit inspection by the Contracting Officer.

Page 75: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 00 Page 12

3.2.2 Disassembly

After the floor system has been inspected and accepted, disassemble the

floor system in the manner prescribed by the floor system manufacturer.

Correct all deficiencies prior to the storage of the floor system.

3.2.3 Storage

Following the disassembling of the floor system, store the panels within the

enclosed area at the location(s) [indicated] [designated by the Contracting

Officer] and in accordance with the floor system manufacturer's printed

instructions.

3.3 SCHEDULE

Metric measurements in this section are based on mathematical conversion of

English unit measurement, and not on metric measurement commonly agreed to

by the manufacturers or other parties. The English and metric units for the

measurements shown are as follows:

Products English Units Metric Units

Framing members 2 by 3 inches nominal 50 by 75 mm

Flooring 33/32 inch 26.2 mm

25/32 inch 19.8 mm

2-1/4 inches 57 mm

Plywood 1/2 inch 12.7 mm

-- End of Section --

Page 76: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 23 (August 2016)

Change 1 - 08/17

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 64 23 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 64 23

WOOD PARQUET FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for wood parquet flooring systems.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: On the drawings, show:

1. Location and extent of wood parquet flooring.

2. Where flooring is to be installed on concrete

slab, indicate elevation of the top(s) of concrete

slab.

3. Locations of equipment, columns, and other

permanent obstructions adjoining flooring and around

which flooring is to be laid.

Page 77: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 2

4. Floor pattern that differs from conventional

checkerboard pattern and is not defined by file

sample.

5. Profile of shoe mold.

***************************************************************************

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)

ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of

Sustainability 2015-2020

APA - THE ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION (APA)

APA E30 (2016) Engineered Wood Construction Guide

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM D226/D226M (2009) Standard Specification for Asphalt-

Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and

Waterproofing

ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical

Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using

a Radiant Heat Energy Source

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Page 78: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 3

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

CSA GROUP (CSA)

CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management

FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)

FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest

Stewardship

HARDWOOD PLYWOOD AND VENEER ASSOCIATION (HPVA)

HPVA EF (2012) American National Standard for

Engineered Wood Flooring

NATIONAL WOOD FLOORING ASSOCIATION (NWFA) (formerly NOFMA)

NOFMA Grading Rules (1999) Official Flooring Grading Rules

PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)

PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of

Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements

RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)

FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification

SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)

SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)

SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,

Procedures and Guidance

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For

Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,

Finishes And Furnishings

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

Page 79: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 4

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Hardwood Parquet Flooring

SD-04 Samples

Hardwood Parquet Flooring

SD-07 Certificates

Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; G[, [_____]]

Page 80: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 5

Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Accessories and Supporting Materials

Adhesive

Finish

Premolded Cork Strips

Polyurethane Coating

Wax Finish

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Flooring Materials; G[, [_____]]

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Certified Sustainably Harvested Hardwood Parquet Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Hardwood Parquet Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Wax Finish Material; S

Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S

Indoor Air Quality for Adhesive; S

Warranty

1.3 CERTIFICATIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes

from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and

thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection

of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife

habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of

water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,

replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party

certification audits performed by accredited

certification bodies; 3) Publicly available

certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder

involvement in a standards development process; 5)

Complaints and appeals process.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition before specifying these sustainably

harvested wood certifications - if these conditions

are verified for the project locale, include the

following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete

Page 81: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 6

certifications other than FSC; for all other projects

pursuing third-party certification allow the entire

list of third party certifications.

***************************************************************************

[1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS

STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program

certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of

Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying

organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with

chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood

certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.

Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.

]1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include this subpart requiring low VOC content

products when product will be located in offices or

classrooms

***************************************************************************

[1.3.2.1 Floor Covering Materials

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include this subpart requiring low VOC content

products when product will be located in offices or

classrooms

***************************************************************************

Provide hardwood parquet flooring product certified to meet indoor air

quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global

Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide certification or validation by

other third-party program that products meet the requirements of this

paragraphSection. Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

]1.3.2.2 Paints and Coatings

Provide primer product certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by

UL 2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or

provide certification or validation by other third-party program that

products meet the requirements of this Section.Provide wax finish and primer

products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless

of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide

current product certification documentation from certification body.

1.3.2.3 Adhesives and Sealants

Provide products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL

2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide

Page 82: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 7

certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet

the requirements of this Section.Provide sealants and non-aerosol adhesive

products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) that are certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the building site in original, unopened packages,

bundles, or containers. Protect materials against dampness during shipment

and after delivery. Store materials under cover in a well ventilated

building where materials will not be exposed to extreme changes of

temperature and humidity. Do not store materials in buildings under

construction until all wet-applied building materials are dry. Do not open

packages, bundles, or containers until the flooring is to be installed.

Remove rejected material from Government property. Keep materials wrapped

and separated from off-gassing materials, such as paints and adhesives. Do

not use materials that have visible moisture or biological growth.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Control of temperature and humidity prior to

laying flooring is necessary to prevent buckling and

cupping. Since climatic conditions vary due to

geographical location and the trend is toward natural

ventilation for energy conservation, it is imperative

to check with flooring manufacturer and local

installers to determine correct temperature and

humidity ranges for the project area.

***************************************************************************

Store the parquet flooring in the building or space where the parquet

flooring is to be laid for a minimum of 3 days to allow absorbed moisture to

evaporate. Separate the wood parquet so that all pieces are exposed to the

air during this 3-day period to allow uniform acclimation. Maintain the

temperature of the building or space between [21 and 10] [[_____] and

[_____]] degrees C ([70 and 50] [[_____] and [_____]] degrees F), and

maintain the relative humidity between [30 and 65] [[_____] and [_____]]

percent. Maintain the preceding temperatures and humidity conditions

throughout the installation period.

1.6 SCHEDULING

Schedule parquet flooring work after completion of any other work which

would raise the moisture content of the flooring or damage the finished

surface of the flooring. See PART 3 for additional scheduling requirements.

1.7 WARRANTY

Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that

extend beyond a one-year period.

Page 83: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 8

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

[2.1.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must verify suitability, availability within

the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying these certifications.

***************************************************************************

Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this

section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed

in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;

identify those products that meet project requirements for certified

sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.

]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 FLOORING MATERIALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select the type of flooring to be used on the

appropriate project design requirements,

availability, and relative cost. The method of

specifying the pattern is optional, but the "file

sample" is recommended for projects for which the

design is sensitive.

Acrylic impregnated hardwood floors are recommended

for commercial type facilities. Prefinished urethane

and stain/wax prefinishes are normally for

residential or light commercial usage.

Choice of critical radiant flux level as it applies

to building type and area of application will be made

in accordance with the latest edition of UFC 3-600-01

or NFPA 101. Wherever the use of Class II (0.22

Page 84: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 9

watts) finish is required, Class I (0.45 watts) will

be permitted.

Critical radiant flux will be a minimum average of

0.45 watts when used in corridors in bachelor

enlisted quarters, bachelor officer quarters,

hospital, child care centers, temporary lodging

facilities, and new construction detention and

correctional facilities. Generally the critical

radiant flux will be a minimum of 0.22 for corridors

of other type facilities. Where an approved

automatic sprinkler system is installed, Class II

interior floor finish may be used where Class I floor

finish is required, and where Class II is required,

no critical radiant flux rating is required. Omit

sentence if not applicable.

Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying this certification.

Include last bracketed sentences requiring

certification for indoor air quality when product

will be located in offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

Provide hardwood parquet flooring conforming to NOFMA Grading Rules. [The

flooring must match the color and pattern of the sample on file at the

office of the Contracting Officer.] [Pattern must be [_____] [as

indicated].] Hardwood flooring in corridors and exits must have a minimum

average critical radiant flux of [0.22] [0.45] watts per square centimeter

when tested in accordance with ASTM E648. Provide wood products with no

added urea-formaldehyde resins. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data,

documentation stating physical characteristics and flame resistance,

installation instructions and [two] [_____] samples of each type of parquet

flooring. Provide samples, minimum 300 x 300 mm (12 x 12 inches). Submit

statement from the manufacturer attesting that the materials meet the

specified requirements. The statement must be dated after the award of the

contract, stating the Contractor's name and address, showing the name of the

project and location, and listing the specific requirements being certified.

Submit Data Package 1 in accordance with Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE DATA. [Provide certified sustainably harvested hardwood parquet

flooring.][

Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for hardwood parquet flooring.]

2.12.1 Laminated Block Flooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The species are listed in descending order of

wear resistance and hardness. Limit the species,

based on quality required and compatibility with

color desired or selected for the file sample. Size

Page 85: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 10

of units will depend on pattern selected and should

be stated.

***************************************************************************

HPVA EF, plain face, factory finished. Fabricate face veneer of each block

from [hard maple,] [red oak,] [white oak,] [birch,] [ash,] [beech,]

[walnut,] [or] [cherry]. Provide [_____] mm (inches) by [_____] mm (inches)

flooring units.

2.12.2 Slat Block Flooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The species are listed in descending order of

wear resistance and hardness. Limit the species,

based on quality required and compatibility with

color desired or selected for the file sample. Size

of units will depend on pattern selected and should

be stated.

***************************************************************************

APA E30, unfinished, Select and Better Grade, fabricated from [hard maple,]

[teak,] [red oak,] [white oak,] [ash,] [walnut,] [or] [cherry]. Provide

finishing at the site as specified herein. Provide [_____] mm (inches) by

[_____] mm(inches) flooring units.

2.12.3 Solid Block Flooring

2.12.3.1 Grading

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The species are listed in descending order of

wear resistance and hardness. Limit the species,

based on quality required and compatibility with

color desired or selected for the file sample. Size

of units will depend on pattern selected and should

be stated.

***************************************************************************

[[Red oak] [or] [white oak] fabricated into [prime] [Standard and Better]]

[or] [[hard maple,] [beech,] [or] [birch] fabricated into [First] [Second

and Better]] Grade blocks, free from defects and discolorations. Blocks

shall be graded in accordance with the rules of the association governing

the grading of the species used.

2.12.3.2 Construction

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Quarter-sawn oak and edge-grain maple wear

better, but the plain-sawn and flat-grain cuts are

adequate and should be allowed for most projects.

***************************************************************************

[Oak must be quarter-sawn [or plain-sawn].] [Maple must be edge-grain [or

flat-grain].] Fasten the strips composing each block together tightly in a

manner that will maintain the integrity of the block. Each block must have

a standard flooring tongue or corresponding matching grooves on each of the

four edges, so arranged that the blocks can be laid in the conventional

Page 86: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 11

checkerboard pattern with the strips of each block at right angles to the

strips of the adjacent blocks. The back of each strip in the block may be

flat or channeled. Face edges of blocks must not be beveled.

2.12.3.3 Dimensions

***************************************************************************

NOTE: When red or white oak is specified, specify

tolerances of plus or minus 0.80 mm (1/32 inch) in

length and plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64 inch) in

width. When other species are specified, use first

bracketed phrase.

***************************************************************************

Blocks must be 228.6 mm (9 inches) square [plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64 inch)

in length and width] [plus or minus0.80 mm (1/32 inch) in length and plus or

minus 0.40 mm (1/64 inch) in width] and must be not less than 19 mm (3/4-

inch) thick. The length of the face diagonals of each block must be within

0.80 mm (1/32 inch) to ensure squareness.

2.12.3.4 Moisture Content

Not less than 5 percent or more than 12 percent at time of shipment.

2.12.3.5 Finish

[Apply finish at the factory.] [Ship flooring to the site with a smooth

surface without applied finish. Provide finish specified herein at the

site.]

2.12.4 Premolded Cork Strips

Cork strips must be the same depth as the flooring and of width recommended

by flooring manufacturer.

2.12.5 Accessories and Supporting Materials

Submit manufacturer's safety data sheets for adhesives, finishes, and other

materials which may be considered hazardous because of toxicity,

flammability, VOC's, or reactivity.

2.12.5.1 Wax Finish

As recommended by flooring manufacturer. Provide certification of indoor

air quality for wax finish material.

2.12.5.2 Asphalt Saturated Felt

ASTM D226/D226M.

2.12.5.3 Adhesive

Waterproof, suitable for use with [subflooring] [underlayment] used, and as

recommended by flooring manufacturer. Provide non-aerosol adhesive products

used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) that are certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

Page 87: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 12

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide certification of indoor air quality for adhesive.

2.12.5.4 Primer

Primer shall be of a type recommended by flooring manufacturer. Provide

primer product certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.

Provide certification of Indoor Air Quality for Primer.

2.12.5.5 Shoe Molds

[Hard maple,] [red oak,] [white oak,] [ash,] [beech,] [birch,] [walnut,]

[or] [cherry]. Shape and size as indicated. Prefinish shoe molds to match

flooring.

2.23 FLOORING SYSTEMS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select flooring system to be used.

***************************************************************************

2.23.1 Flooring on Concrete Slabs

The system consists of the application of block flooring on concrete slabs

by means of adhesive.

2.23.2 Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]

The system consists of the application of block flooring on [subflooring]

[underlayment]. The provision of [subflooring] [underlayment] is specified

in Section [_____]. The application of block flooring must be by means of

[nails] [adhesive].

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: If flooring is to be applied on slab-on-ground

construction, site grading and drainage should be

such that water will not collect under slab. A

polyethylene vapor barrier of not less than 0.15 mm

(6 mils) thick and at least 150 mm (6 inches) of

porous fill consisting of clean, washed gravel graded

from 19 to 38 mm (3/4 inch to 1-1/2 inch) sizes

should be specified in Division 3. A single-ply,

asphalt-saturated felt or 0.15 mm (6 mil)

polyethylene film set in asphalt may be applied to

top of slab if acceptable to flooring manufacturer.

Add to this paragraph, if warranted.

***************************************************************************

3.1.1 Concrete Slabs

Page 88: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 13

Do not install flooring on surfaces that are unsuitable for proper

installation. Before work is begun, correct defects such as rough or

scaling concrete, low spots and high spots, uneven surfaces, and all damaged

portions of concrete slabs. If concrete curing compounds or surface sealers

have been applied to the concrete slabs, remove the compounds and sealers

from the slabs by an approved method. Concrete slabs must be level [within

tolerance specified in the Section [03 30 00.00 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE]

[03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE]] [within a tolerance of 2 mm/meter (0.25

inch per 10 feet).]

3.1.2 [Underlayment] [Subflooring]

Repair damaged portions, and replace defective boards with sound boards;

renail loose or warped boards, and drive protruding or loose nails flush.

3.1.3 Adhesive-Applied Wood Flooring on Concrete Slab

Clean concrete floor slabs that are to receive flooring. Remove spots of

[paint,] [plaster,] [masonry droppings,] grease, dirt, and other foreign

matter.

3.1.4 Nailed Wood Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]

Cover [subflooring] [underlayment] over which nailed wood flooring is to be

laid with a layer of asphalt saturated felt. Lap all edges at least 50 mm

(2 inches).

3.1.5 Adhesive-Applied Wood Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]

Prepare [subflooring] [underlayment] in accordance with the printed

instructions of the flooring manufacturer.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Do not install flooring until other work that might cause damage to flooring

has been completed, until all wet work is completed and has cured for [14]

[_____] days, and until exterior openings are closed. Cure new concrete

slabs to receive flooring a minimum of 60-days before application of

flooring. Perform flooring installation, including sanding and finishing,

in conformance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Provide mechanical

ventilation of area receiving flooring as required to maintain

concentrations of toxic gases and explosive vapors below permissible levels.

Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of

biological growth.

3.2.1 Flooring on Concrete Slabs

Apply block flooring on concrete slabs in accordance with the flooring

manufacturer's printed instructions.

3.2.2 Flooring on [Subflooring] [Underlayment]

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Wood or plywood subflooring or hardboard

underlayment should be specified in Section 06 10 00

ROUGH CARPENTRY of the project specifications.

Page 89: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 23 Page 14

***************************************************************************

[In applying wood blocks with nails, lay blocks with close joints when

nailing to [subflooring] [underlayment]. Drive blocks firmly together, and

blind-nail each block.] [In applying block flooring with an adhesive, use

the materials and follow the methods stipulated in the manufacturer's

printed instructions.]

3.2.3 Expansion Spaces

Provide expansion spaces at walls and partitions. Size expansion spaces as

recommended by flooring manufacturer. Install premolded cork strips in

expansion spaces in accordance with flooring manufacturer's directions.

[3.2.4 Shoe Molds

Nail shoe molds to baseboards. [Baseboards are specified in Section

[_____].]

]3.3 SANDING AND FINISHING [SLAT] [SOLID] BLOCK FLOORING

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Coordinate these requirements with Section 09

90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS of the project

specifications.

If prefinished flooring is used, delete this

paragraph.

***************************************************************************

3.3.1 Sanding

Sand and buff floors to smooth and level surface, free of sanding marks and

in proper condition to receive the finish specified. After final sanding

and buffing, vacuum or tack floors in accordance with finish manufacturer's

recommendations. Wipe off foot marks.

3.3.2 Finishing

After final sanding and buffing have been completed, apply two coats of

finish; use polyurethane coating recommended by flooring manufacturer for

type and specie of wood flooring specified. When floors are dry, apply two

coats of wax, unless otherwise recommended in writing by manufacturer of

flooring. Spread at rate of 0.07 L/10 square meters (one gallon per 1,500

square feet). Within 15 to 30 minutes after wax application, polish floors

with weighted floor brush or electric polisher.

3.4 PROTECTION

After completion of laying [and the finishing and drying] of floors, cover

flooring immediately with nonstaining kraft building paper. Lap and tape

edges of paper. At project completion and acceptance, carefully take up and

remove the protective paper.

-- End of Section --

Page 90: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 29 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 64 29 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 64 29

WOOD STRIP AND PLANK FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for wood strip and plank flooring for

gymnasiums, handball and squash courts, and other

special purpose applications.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Wood strip flooring is very sensitive to

ambient humidity conditions since all wood flooring

will expand and contract as relative humidity varies.

In order to keep the flooring manufacturer's warranty

valid after installation, the areas in which the wood

floors are installed must be adequately ventilated

with natural or mechanical air circulation at all

times during the life of the flooring.

Page 91: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 2

If prior experience at the site indicates that

relative humidity during sustained heating periods

will fall below 35 percent, the office in charge of

building maintenance should provide equipment to

introduce moisture into the floored area when

required; conversely, if relative humidity increases

to 50 percent or higher at any time, measures should

be taken to dry the floored area, including turning

on the heat.

At sites with humidity problems, the maintenance of

the flooring may require: 1) The design of a

localized HVAC system to also react to and

automatically control ambient humidity conditions

through the life of the flooring; or 2) Continuous

monitoring of relative humidity with on the spot

corrective actions, as needed, without altering the

HVAC system. These alternatives could be very

expensive or impractical. The designer, in the

absence of local experience, should coordinate with

local manufacturers to specify compatible floorings

which have performed well locally; that is, the

designer should check gymnasiums in the area when

building a gymnasium floor; the same for handball

courts, etc. Of course, the designer has the option

of purchasing commercially available floating or

sleeper systems specifically designed to reduce the

possibility of buckling and cupping brought on by

moisture buildup or specifying other types of

flooring when a cost analysis (including all HVAC

variations) indicates that wood strip flooring is not

economical.

***************************************************************************

This specification is written to allow the Contractor to build wood strip

floorings for gymnasiums, handball and squash courts, and other special

purpose applications but does not preclude the installation of competitive,

manufacturer standard, integrated systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

Page 92: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 3

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)

ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of

Sustainability 2015-2020

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM D41/D41M (2011; R 2016) Standard Specification for

Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing,

and Waterproofing

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

CSA GROUP (CSA)

CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management

FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)

FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest

Stewardship

MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MFMA)

MFMA GS (1999) Guide Specifications for Maple

Flooring Systems

NATIONAL WOOD FLOORING ASSOCIATION (NWFA) (formerly NOFMA)

NOFMA Grading Rules (1999) Official Flooring Grading Rules

PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)

PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of

Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements

RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)

FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification

SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)

Page 93: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 4

SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)

SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,

Procedures and Guidance

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For

Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,

Finishes And Furnishings

1.3 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Page 94: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 5

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Squash and Handball Court Walls; G[, [_____]]

Strip Flooring; G[, [_____]]

SD-03 Product Data

Strip Flooring

Bamboo

Installation

SD-04 Samples

Strip And Plank Flooring

SD-07 Certificates

Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

Indoor Air Quality

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Wood Strip and Plank Flooring; S

Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Strip and Plank Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Wood Strip and Plank Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Bamboo Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Resilient Pads; S

Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Primer; S

Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Mastic; S

Biobased Content for Bamboo Flooring; S

Page 95: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 6

1.4 CERTIFICATIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes

from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and

thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection

of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife

habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of

water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,

replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party

certification audits performed by accredited

certification bodies; 3) Publicly available

certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder

involvement in a standards development process; 5)

Complaints and appeals process.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition before specifying these sustainably

harvested wood certifications - if these conditions

are verified for the project locale, include the

following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete

certifications other than FSC; for all other projects

pursuing third-party certification allow the entire

list of third party certifications.

***************************************************************************

[1.4.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS

STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program

certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of

Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying

organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with

chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood

certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.

Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.

]1.4.2 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include this subparagraph requiring low VOC

content products when product will be located in

offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

[1.4.2.1 Floor Covering Materials

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include this subparagraph requiring low VOC

content products when product will be located in

offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

Page 96: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 7

Provide wood strip and plank flooring, bamboo flooring, and resilient pad

products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL

2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide

certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet

the requirements of this paragraphSection. Product must meet emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide current product certification

documentation from certification body.

] 1.4.2.2 Paints and Coatings

Provide asphalt primer product certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.4.2.3 Adhesives and Sealants

Provide asphalt mastic products certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the site in original unopened packages, bundles or

containers and with all labels intact. Store flooring in fully covered,

well ventilated areas protected from extreme changes in temperature and

humidity. Flooring shall be maintained at an average moisture content of 6

to 9 percent. Temperature and humidity in the storage area shall closely

approximate the temperature and humidity of the rooms in which the flooring

is to be installed.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The values stated in the guide specification

for moisture content of the flooring and for the

humidity and temperature of the space where the

flooring will be installed are those which are

generally suitable. When local experience has proven

that values differing from those included in the

guide specification are necessary because of

geographical location or seasonal weather conditions,

appropriate values will be substituted for the values

stated in the guide specification.

***************************************************************************

Provide permanent heating and air conditioning, installed and working, in

rooms where wood flooring is to be installed or adequate arrangements for

ventilation and temperature controls. The temperature shall be maintained

at 14 to 27 degrees C (55 to 80 degrees F) and the humidity shall be

maintained [at [40] [_____] percent] [as recommended by the manufacturer]

starting not less than 3 days prior to beginning the installation of

flooring and continuing throughout the remainder of the contract period.

Page 97: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 8

1.7 SCHEDULING

Schedule strip and plank flooring work after any other work which would

raise the moisture content of the flooring or damage the finished surface of

the flooring.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

[2.1.1 Recycled Content of Wood Strip and Plank Flooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

***************************************************************************

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

][2.1.2 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must verify suitability, availability within

the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying these certifications.

***************************************************************************

Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this

section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed

in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;

identify those products that meet project requirements for certified

sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.

][2.1.3 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS)

for Products

Page 98: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 9

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

][2.1.4 Bio-based Content for Bamboo Products

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with biobased content where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must verify suitability, availability within

the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product biobased content

requirements. A resource that can be used to

identify products with biobased content is the

"Catalog" tab within the USDA's "Biopreferred"

website at http://www.biopreferred.gov. Other

products with biobased content are also acceptable

when meeting all requirements of this specification.

***************************************************************************

Biobased content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed in this section may be

available with biobased content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for biobased content and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.

]2.12 STRIP FLOORING

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Designer will select appropriate species and

will permit maximum competition wherever possible;

however, gymnasiums will be limited to hard maple.

Flooring of 26 mm 33/32 inch) thickness should be

considered when floors will be subjected to hard

service and frequent sanding.

***************************************************************************

2.12.1 General Requirements

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying this certification.

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

Page 99: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 10

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Research shows the product is available among US

national manufacturers above the minimum recycled

content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers

and regions have higher percentages. Based on

research, insert desired minimum percentages into the

empty set of brackets.

Include last bracketed sentences requiring

certification for indoor air quality when product

will be located in offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

Strip and plank flooring must be [19] [26] mm ([3/4] [33/32] inch) thick by

55 mm (2-1/4 inch) face width, kiln dried, continuous tongue and groove and

of standard lengths. Beech and birch shall be second grade in accordance

with NOFMA Grading Rules[ and certified sustainably harvested wood strip and

plank flooring]. Hard maple must be second and better in accordance with

MFMA GS [and certified sustainably harvested wood strip and plank flooring].

Red and white oak must be select grade in accordance with NOFMA Grading

Rules [and certified sustainably harvested wood strip and plank flooring].

Provide wood products with no added urea-formaldehyde resins. Strip

flooring must be marked with the trademark of the grading agency. Submit

two samples of each type of strip and plank flooring. [Wood Strip Flooring

must contain a minimum of [90][_____] percent reclaimed, salvaged, and

recycled wood. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content for

wood strip and plank flooring.][

Provide flooring product meeting emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350. Provide certification of indoor air quality for wood strip and plank

flooring.]

[2.12.2 Bamboo

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use of materials, such as bamboo, with bio-

based content is required where suitable for

application and cost effective. Designer must

vVerify suitability, availability within the region,

cost effectiveness and adequate competition

(including verification of bracketed percentages

included in this section) before specifying product

bio-based content requirements. A resource that can

be used to identify products with bio-based content

is the "Catalog" tab within the USDA's "Biopreferred"

website at http://www.biopreferred.gov. Use of other

products which meet all requirements of this

specification and contain bio-based content is also

acceptable."

Page 100: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 11

Include last bracketed sentences requiring

certification for indoor air quality when product

will be located in offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

Bamboo flooring must be laminated, tongue-and-groove plank flooring, [16 to

19 mm (5/8 to 3/4 inch) thick, 2- or 3-ply, flat grain with horizontal

laminations] [13 mm (1/2 inch) thick with vertical laminations]. Provide

bamboo products with minimum 91[75][____] percent bio-based content. Submit

data identifying percentage of biobased content for bamboo flooring.[

Provide flooring product meeting emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350. Provide certification of indoor air quality for bamboo flooring.]

]2.23 NAILS

Provide nails in accordance with strip flooring manufacturer's

recommendations.

2.34 RESILIENT PADS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include last bracketed sentences requiring

certification for indoor air quality when product

will be located in offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

Resilient pads must be pneumatic rubber, PVC, or polyurethane resilient

mounts to fit the selected floor system. [Provide product meeting emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air

quality for resilient pads.]

2.45 WALL BASE

Wall base must be wood molding or vented cove with premolded outside corners

and mitered inside corners.

2.56 MOISTURE BARRIER

Moisture barrier must be 0.15 mm (6 mil) minimum thickness polyethylene.

2.67 CLIPS, ANCHOR CHANNELS AND INSULATION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include this paragraph when channel anchorage

system is specified. Channel anchorage system will

be included as an option to wood nailers for

gymnasium floors.

***************************************************************************

Galvanized steel clips for steel channel anchorage systems must be in

accordance with steel channel anchorage system manufacturer's

recommendations. Clips must be designed to provide holding at least equal

to the nailing specified and shall function without splitting the assembled

boards or otherwise reducing the performance of the floor. Anchor channels

must be as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Anchor channels must

be galvanized, complete with all pads, anchors and other components required

Page 101: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 12

for channel installation. Underfloor insulation must be asphalt impregnated

fiberboard or closed-cell polyethylene foam.

2.78 ASPHALT PRIMER

ASTM D41/D41M. Provide asphalt primer product certified to meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of

indoor air quality for asphalt primer.

2.89 ASPHALT MASTIC

As recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Provide asphalt mastic

products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless

of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide

certification validation of indoor air quality for asphalt mastic.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

Concrete slab must be level, steel troweled to a tolerance of 3 mm (1/8

inch)plus or minus in a 3 m (10 foot) radius. Slab surface must be clean,

dry, and approved prior to start of installation. The slab must be

depressed as required by the floor specified.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Install flooring in accordance with the approved installation instructions

of the manufacturer. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data and

installation instructions. Wood nailers are specified in Section 06 10 00

ROUGH CARPENTRY. Unless otherwise approved, flooring must be laid parallel

to the length of the area to be floored. Strips must be laid [with close

joints, snugly driven up but providing for absorption of a small amount of

expansion] [to allow for intermediate expansion in accordance with humidity

conditions expected during the life of the flooring]. End joints must be so

alternated that there will be at least two boards between end joints in the

same plane and at least 150 mm (6 inches) between end joints in adjacent

boards. Space for expansion must be left along perimeter walls and around

fixed projections through the floor surface. Unless otherwise shown or

permitted by the approved installation instructions, expansion space shall

be 5 mm per meter (1/16 inch per foot) of distance between opposite walls,

with one half the space provided at each wall and with a minimum space of 25

mm (1 inch) at each wall.

Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of

biological growth.

3.2.1 Gymnasium Floors

3.2.1.1 Wood Sleepers

For wood sleeper supported floors, the slab must be vapor-sealed with a two-

ply membrane and hot-poured, steep-slope asphalt to a minimum depth of 6 mm

(1/4 inch) above bottom of sleepers. Anchored, treated wood sleepers must

Page 102: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 13

be spaced at 400 mm (16 inches) on center with wood or plywood subfloor or,

if required by design considerations, wood sleepers at 300 mm (12 inches) on

centers without subfloor and with 26 mm (33/32 inch) thick flooring. Space

between rows of wood sleepers must be left vacant. Expansion joints must be

50 mm (2 inches) maximum.

3.2.1.2 Steel Channels

Galvanized steel channel system must be placed on manufacturer's standard

grooved foam or grooved resilient insulation board. Expansion joints must

be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

3.2.2 Handball Court Floor and Walls

Strip flooring used for floors and walls in handball courts must be laid out

to provide an overall light appearance; contrast from one board to the next

must be gradual in order to avoid dark streaks.

3.2.3 Squash and Handball Court Walls

Maximum space for expansion must be 50 mm (2 inches) at each wall.

Expansion joints over 25 mm (1 inch) and expansion joints for steel channel-

strip flooring application must be detailed and the drawings, showing the

method of covering, submitted for approval.

3.2.3.1 Wood Supports

Anchored wood supports must be used to keep the treated wood sleepers

shimmed away from the wall to provide ventilation. Wood sleepers must be

spaced at 400 mm (16 inches) on center. Exterior grade plywood 15 mm (5/8

inch) thick, with two coats of aluminum enamel on the back side in

accordance with Section 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY, must be used for vapor

seal and sound deadener.

3.2.3.2 Steel Supports

Anchored, galvanized, steel channel supports must be used with steel channel

system; steel channels must be spaced at 300 mm (12 inches) on center. The

space between the supporting wall and the back of the finished wall must be

filled to within 300 mm (12 inches) of the ceiling with an approved hot-

poured, steep-slope asphalt as the construction of the wall progresses. As

an option to the asphalt-backed wall construction when 26 mm (33/32 inch)

thick flooring is used, the wall must be vapor sealed with a 0.15 mm (6 mil)

thickness of polyethylene sheeting prior to application to steel channels

and the space between the supporting wall and the back of the finished wall

must be filled with insulation as used for the floor.

3.3 SANDING

Sand flooring to a smooth, even, uniform finish without burns. Make a

minimum of three sanding cuts, each with a finer sandpaper. Use a heavy

drum-type sander for floors, except a disc-type sander is permitted for the

final cut on strip flooring. Either the first pass or the second pass of

the drum-type sander shall be at an angle of 45 degrees to the grain; other

passes of the drum-type sander shall be in the direction of the grain of

strip flooring. Finish edges not reached by the sander with an edger or by

hand methods. Perform the final sanding at a time and in a manner that will

Page 103: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 29 Page 14

permit application of the first seal coat as specified in Section 09 90 00

PAINTS AND COATINGS to be completed within 8 hours after completion of

sanding. Leave the flooring clean and ready to receive the finishing

materials.

3.4 PROTECTION

Protect flooring from damage from the time of installation until final

acceptance.

-- End of Section --

Page 104: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 64 66 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: NAVFAC Superseding

UFGS-09 64 66 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 64 66

WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for five gymnasium-type hardwood strip

flooring systems.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This specification is intended for use in

gymnasiums and for other similar uses and purposes.

Guidance for selection of a system can be made based

on the recommended applications, local availability

or costs as shown in Selection Guidance Table in

paragraph entitled "Hardwood Strip Flooring Systems

on Concrete Slab." Construction of squash and

handball court walls is not within the scope of this

specification.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: On the drawings, show:

1. Elevation of top of concrete slab on which the

floor system will be installed.

Page 105: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 2

2. Location of permanent or temporary seats

3. Location of equipment and other permanent

obstructions around which flooring is to be laid

4. Structural provisions for anchor-plate assemblies

for sport equipment

5. Edge detail, including kind and size of wall base

6. Location, width, and color of game lines.

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)

ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of

Sustainability 2015-2020

AMERICAN WOOD PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (AWPA)

AWPA C1 (2003) All Timber Products - Preservative

Treatment by Pressure Processes

AWPA C2 (2003) Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine

Ties - Preservative Treatment by Pressure

Processes

Page 106: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 3

AWPA M4 (2015) Standard for the Care of Preservative-

Treated Wood Products

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM A36/A36M (2014) Standard Specification for Carbon

Structural Steel

ASTM C208 (2012) Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board

ASTM D1622/D1622M (2014) Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular

Plastics

ASTM D2103 (2015) Standard Specification for

Polyethylene Film and Sheeting

ASTM D2240 (2015) Standard Test Method for Rubber

Property - Durometer Hardness

ASTM D226/D226M (2009) Standard Specification for Asphalt-

Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and

Waterproofing

ASTM D395 (2016; E 2017) Standard Test Methods for

Rubber Property - Compression Set

ASTM D41/D41M (2011; R 2016) Standard Specification for

Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing,

and Waterproofing

ASTM D412 (2016) Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized

Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension

ASTM D449/D449M (2003; R 2014; E 2014) Asphalt Used in

Dampproofing and Waterproofing

ASTM E96/E96M (2016) Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor

Transmission of Materials

ASTM F36 (2015) Compressibility and Recovery of Gasket

Materials

CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD (CARB)

CARB Regulation Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce

Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood

Products

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI)

Page 107: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 4

CRI GL CUSHION Green Label Cushion Program

CSA GROUP (CSA)

CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management

FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)

FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest

Stewardship

MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MFMA)

MFMA AFSFSCL (2003) Athletic Floor Sealer and Finish

Specifications and Conformance List #22

MFMA GRHM (2000) Grading Rules for MFMA Northern

Hardwood Maple

MFMA SSCLFMGF (2000) Sanding, Sealing, Court Lining,

Finishing and Resurfacing of Maple Gym Floors

PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)

PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of

Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements

RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)

FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification

SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)

SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)

SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,

Procedures and Guidance

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For

Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,

Finishes And Furnishings

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

Page 108: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 5

NOTE: Review Submittal Description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a "G" to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are [for Contractor Quality Control

approval.][for information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Hardwood Strip Flooring System

Clearly delineate components of the system. Show layout of

[sleepers] [steel channels] [steel spines]; location of anchor

plate assemblies, floor outlets, and underfloor conduit or raceway

location; flooring system details; and flooring abutting other

construction. Accessories shall be approved by the flooring

manufacturer.

Page 109: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 6

SD-03 Product Data

Hardwood Strip Flooring Components

SD-04 Samples

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Delete materials not included in floor system

selected. Samples shall be complemented with

manufacturer's data and standard catalogs to describe

the flooring system selected.

***************************************************************************

Strip Flooring; G[, [_____]]

Hardwood Base; G[, [_____]]

Molded-Rubber Base; G[, [_____]]

Steel Channels and Clips

[Fiberboard Underlayment

][Flexible Foam Underlayment

]Cushions and Pads

Corkboard or Corkroll

Sleepers and Nailers

SD-06 Test Reports

Preservative Treatment

SD-07 Certificates

Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; G[, [_____]]

Indoor Air Quality; G[, [_____]]

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Flooring System

Adhesive for Membrane Installation

Submit flooring system manufacturer's installation instructions.

Submit vaporproofing manufacturer's written recommendations for

adhesives to be used in membrane installation.

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Hardwood Strip Flooring, Data Package 1; G[, [_____]]

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Page 110: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 7

Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Strip Flooring; S

[Certified Sustainably Harvested Sleepers and Nailers; S

][Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood Board Subflooring; S

][Certified Sustainably Harvested Plywood Subflooring; S

][Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Fill; S

][Indoor Air Quality for Wood Strip Flooring; S

]Indoor Air Quality for Molded-Rubber Base; S

Indoor Air Quality for Fiberboard Underlayment; S

Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Cushions and Pads; S

[Indoor Air Quality for Flexible Foam Underlayment; S

]Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Primer; S

Indoor Air Quality for Asphalt Mastic; S

Indoor Air Quality for Seal Coat and Finish Coat Materials; S

Indoor Air Quality for Game Line Marking Materials; S

Indoor Air Quality for Adhesives; S

1.3 CERTIFICATION

1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes

from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and

thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection

of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife

habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of

water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,

replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party

certification audits performed by accredited

certification bodies; 3) Publicly available

certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder

involvement in a standards development process; 5)

Complaints and appeals process.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition before specifying these sustainably

harvested wood certifications - if these conditions

are verified for the project locale, include the

following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete

Page 111: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 8

certifications other than FSC; for all other projects

pursuing third-party certification allow the entire

list of third party certifications.

***************************************************************************

Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS

STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019, or other third party program

certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of

Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying

organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with

chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood

certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.

Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.

1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certification

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

1.3.2.1 Floor Covering Materials

Provide wood strip flooring and molded rubber base products certified to

meet indoor air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (Greenguard)

Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide certification or

validation by other third-party program that products meet the requirements

of this paragraphSection. Provide rubber cushions and pads, and flexible

foam underlayment products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements

by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor

Advantage Gold, CRI GL CUSHION or provide certification or validation by

other third-party program that products meet the requirements of this

paragraphSection. Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.3.2.2 Paints and Coatings

Provide asphalt fill, asphalt primer, seal coat and finish coat, and game

line marking material products certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.3.2.3 Adhesives and Sealants

Provide asphalt mastic and adhesive products certified to meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide current product certification

documentation from certification body.

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include following section when fiberboard

underlayment is included in project.

***************************************************************************

[1.3.2.4 Composite Wood, Wood Structural Panel and Agrifiber Products

Page 112: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 9

For purposes of this specification, composite wood and agrifiber products

include particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), wheatboard,

strawboard, panel substrates, and door cores. Products must contain no

added urea-formaldehyde resins. Provide products certified to meet

emissions requirements of either CARB Regulation or CDPH SECTION 01350

(limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of

space type). Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

]1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the building site in original unopened packages,

bundles, or containers. Protect materials against dampness during shipment

and after delivery. Store material under cover in a well-ventilated

building. Prevent exposure to extreme changes of temperature and humidity.

Do not store materials in building under construction until wet-applied

building materials are dry. Store flooring in accordance with MFMA GRHM,

under adequate and controlled ventilation and under approved temperature and

humidity conditions at the location where it is to be laid for at least

seven days before installation. Handle and store preservative-treated

materials in accordance with AWPA M4.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Termite protection must be included. For new

work, provide perimeter protection, using Section 31

31 16.13 CHEMICAL TERMITE CONTROL. For existing

buildings without perimeter protection, add termite

protection to the flooring using AWPA Standard C2 or

other method recommended by the manufacturer.

***************************************************************************

For at least one week prior to and during installation, in the location to

receive finish flooring and the location where flooring will be stored,

maintain a temperature of between 18 and 27 degrees C (65 and 80 degrees F),

and a relative humidity of between 40 and 60 percent. When the interior

relative humidity exceeds 60 percent during or after installation of

flooring, sanding and finishing of flooring shall be delayed for two to

three weeks after completion of laying, unless directed otherwise. Provide

adequate ventilation during the entire sealing and finishing process to

ensure that no unhealthy or hazardous accumulation of vapors occurs. Ensure

that environmental conditions are met.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must verify suitability, availability within

the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying these certifications.

Page 113: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 10

***************************************************************************

2.1.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this

section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed

in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;

identify those products that meet project requirements for certified

sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.

2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 HARDWOOD STRIP FLOORING SYSTEMS ON CONCRETE SLAB

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select the system most suited to the project

and as recommended in Selection Guidance Table below.

In areas where termite or other insect attack is

likely to occur specify that flooring be treated with

wood preservative as recommended by flooring

manufacturer.

Designer must indicate on finish schedule, schedule

at end of specification or on drawings the location

of selected subfloor systems.

Page 114: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 11

SELECTION GUIDANCE TABLE

DESCRIPTION OF

FLOOR SYSTEM

PERFORMANCE

FEATURES

RECOMMENDED

APPLICATIONS

RELATIVE COST

1. Steel

channel and

clip-fastening

system using

special-milled

random length

hardwood strip

flooring in hard

maple and white

pine. Low

Profile System.

Greatest

resistance to

expansion and

cupping. A

tight, solid

floor and a

"fast" playing

surface. High

static load

bearing.

Expansion

provisions at

perimeter. A

"quiet" floor.

Large

gymnasiums,

handball,

squash and

racket ball

courts. Large

stages.

100 percent

2. Rubber-

cushioned

softwood

sleepers placed

over

polyethylene

covered slab and

random-length

standard

hardwood strip

flooring in hard

maple nailed to

sleepers. High

Profile System.

Entire floor

"floats" on slab.

Excellent shock

absorbing

characteristic.

Low sound

transmission.

"Slower" floor.

Gymnasiums with

lesser use and

size

potentials.

85 percent

Page 115: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 12

SELECTION GUIDANCE TABLE

DESCRIPTION OF

FLOOR SYSTEM

PERFORMANCE

FEATURES

RECOMMENDED

APPLICATIONS

RELATIVE COST

3. Wood

subflooring

nailed to rubber

cushioned wood

nailers, before

installing

finished

surface. Pour

hot asphalt fill

under and

between wood

nailers. High

Profile System.

Good shock

absorption, good

stability,

improved

uniformity of

resilience and

load bearing.

Low sound

transmission.

Gymnasiums,

hardball

courts.

90 percent

4. Cushioned

double plywood

subfloor,

standard random

length hardwood

strip flooring

in hard maple or

other species as

top surface.

Flooring can be

installed in

special

patterns. Low

Profile System.

Combines best of

shock absorbency

with uniform

resiliency and

fast playing

surface. Good

load bearing

characteristics.

Good stability.

Low sound

transmission.

Quiet floor.

Gymnasiums,

handball,

squash,

racquetball

courts.

95 percent

Page 116: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 13

SELECTION GUIDANCE TABLE

DESCRIPTION OF

FLOOR SYSTEM

PERFORMANCE

FEATURES

RECOMMENDED

APPLICATIONS

RELATIVE COST

5. Mastic-set

uniform length

hard maple

flooring in

continuous

courses

interlocked with

steel splines.

Uniform

resilience.

"Quiet" surface.

Easy replacement

of damaged areas.

Gymnasiums,

handball,

squash,

racquetball

courts. Heavy

industrial

applications.

90 percent

***************************************************************************

[2.12.1 Clipped to Steel Channels on Underlayment

Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring clipped to

steel channels that rest in premilled grooves in [fiberboard] [flexible

foam] underlayment. Anchor steel channels to concrete floor slab.

][2.12.2 Wood Sleepers with Rubber Cushions

Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring nailed to wood

sleepers that are seated on rubber cushions resting on the concrete floor

slab.

][2.12.3 Wood Board Subflooring, Wood Nailers, and Asphalt Fill

Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring nailed to wood

board subflooring that is, in turn, nailed to shimmed wood nailers anchored

to the concrete floor slab. Provide hot asphalt fill under and between the

wood nailers. Provide certification of indoor air quality for asphalt fill.

][2.12.4 Plywood Subflooring with Rubber Pads

Provide flooring system consisting of hardwood strip flooring nailed to two-

layer plywood subflooring that is seated on cushioned pads resting on the

concrete floor slab.

][2.12.5 Steel-Splined, Continuous Unit, [on Cork Underlayment]

Provide flooring system consisting of uniform lengths of hardwood strip

flooring interlocked with steel splines and laid in asphalt mastic [on cork

underlayment which is laid in asphalt mastic over membrane of felt] on the

concrete floor slab.

]2.23 MATERIALS

***************************************************************************

Page 117: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 14

NOTE: Delete materials not included in floor system

selected. Samples shall be complemented with

manufacturer's data and standard catalogs to describe

the flooring system selected.

***************************************************************************

2.23.1 Strip Flooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Flooring of 26.2 mm (33/32 inch) thickness

should be used for floors subjected to hard and

frequent service and frequent sanding.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Maple flooring should be used for floors

subjected to hard and frequent service or major

athletics. Use beech and birch for less critical

service.

Include last bracketed sentences requiring low VOC

content products when product will be located in

offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

Second or better grade [hard maple] [beech or birch] graded in accordance

with current MFMA GRHM. Flooring must be [19.8] [26.2] [_____] mm ([25/32]

[33/32] [_____] inch) thick by [57] [38] mm ([2 1/4] [1 1/2] inches) or

narrower on the face, kiln dried, continuous tongue-and-groove, and end-

matched. Provide wood products with no added urea-formaldehyde resins.

Each bundle of flooring must be clearly grade stamped. Moisture content of

strip flooring must not exceed 8 percent at time of arrival on job site and

must be allowed to acclimate in accordance with paragraph DELIVERY, STORAGE,

AND HANDLING.[ Flooring for steel-splined systems must be edge-grain 26.2

mm (33/32 inch) thick by 33 mm (1 5/16 inch) on the face, kiln-dried,

continuous tongue-and-groove, and end grooved.] Provide certified

sustainably harvested wood strip flooring.

[Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for wood strip flooring.

]2.23.2 Hardwood Base

Clear [hard maple] [beech or birch]. Provide shape and size of base as

indicated or as recommended by the flooring manufacturer.

2.23.3 Molded-Rubber Base

100 mm(4 inch) vertical leg by 75 mm (3 inch), designed to allow ventilation

under floor [with premolded outside corners and mitered inside corners], and

as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Products must meet emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air

quality for molded-rubber base.

2.23.4 Steel Angle Base

Page 118: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 15

Provide 75 by 75 by 5 mm (3 by 3 by 3/16 inch) continuous steel angle along

perimeter walls, designed to allow ventilation under the floor. Base angle

must conform to ASTM A36/A36M.

2.23.5 Steel Channels and Clips

Provide channels and clips not less than 1.5 mm thick (16 gage)zinc-coated

steel.

[2.23.6 Fiberboard Underlayment

ASTM C208, fiberboard insulation board, impregnated with asphalt or coated

with asphalt on faces and edges, treated for termite and water resistance.

Products must contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins. Provide products

certified to meet emissions requirements of either CARB Regulation or CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type). Provide certification validation of indoor air

quality for fiberboard underlayment.

]2.23.7 Rubber Cushions and Pads

Rubber cushions and pads must have a durometer hardness of A50, plus or

minus 5, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240 and must have a minimum

tensile strength of 10 MPa (1500 psi), when tested in accordance with ASTM

D412. When subjected to an aging period of 70 hours and exposed to a

temperature of 70 degrees C (158 degrees F), allowed to cool to room

temperature over a period of 4 hours and retested, tested specimen must have

a change in hardness of 10 points maximum, a change in tensile strength of

minus 25 percent maximum and a change in ultimate elongation of minus 25

percent maximum in accordance with the applicable test methods referenced

above. Test rubber cushions, under a load of 275 kPa (40 psi), in

accordance with ASTM D395, Method A. Size of tested specimen must be 57 by

75 by 10 mm (2 1/4 by 3 by 3/8 inch). Length of testing time must be 22

hours; temperature of test must be 70 degrees C (158 degrees F). Test

specimen must recover, without set or displacement. Products must meet

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of

indoor air quality for rubber cushions and pads.

[2.23.8 Flexible Foam Underlayment

Multicellular, closed cell flexible polyethylene plastic foam having smooth

skin; density 27 to 52 kg/cu m (1.7 to 3.3 pounds per cubic foot) when

tested by ASTM D1622/D1622M. Foam must be 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick by 1200 mm

(48 inches) wide by manufacturer's standard length, premilled to receive

steel channels at 300 mm (12 inch) centers. Products must meet emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air

quality for flexible foam underlayment.

]2.23.9 Polyethylene Vaporproofing Membrane

ASTM D2103 Type 21110. Minimum thickness shall be 0.15 mm (6 mils). Perm

rating must not exceed 0.02 when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M.

2.23.10 Asphalt Primer

ASTM D41/D41M. Provide asphalt primer material products certified to meet

either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for

Page 119: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 16

either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of

indoor air quality for asphalt primer.

2.23.11 Asphalt Mastic

As recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Provide asphalt mastic

products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless

of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide

certification validation of indoor air quality for asphalt mastic.

2.23.12 Asphalt Fill

ASTM D449/D449M, Type I. Provide asphalt fill material products certified

to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)

or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of

indoor air quality for asphalt fill.

2.23.13 Felt

ASTM D226/D226M, type I, asphalt-saturated organic felt.

2.23.14 Building Paper

Water-vapor permeable, 290 grams per mm (20 lb per inch) dry tensile

strength.

2.23.15 Sleepers and Nailers

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Preservative treatment specified herein shall

be modified as necessary to suit local conditions.

When referencing AWPA C1 and C2, water repellent

requirements, if any, should be specified.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying this certification.

***************************************************************************

Surfaced on four sides, 50 by 75 mm (2 by 3 inches) nominal size, Standard

or No. 2 grade douglas fir, northern or western and west coast hemlock,

engleman-spruce or No. 2 dimension southern pine. Moisture content must not

exceed 15 percent. Provide preservative treatment in accordance with [AWPA

C1] [AWPA C2]. Identify treatment on each piece of material by the quality

mark of an agency accredited by the Board of Review of the American Lumber

Standard Committee. Brush coat exposed areas that are cut or drilled after

treatment with the same preservative in accordance with AWPA M4. [Provide

certified sustainably harvested sleepers and nailers.]

Page 120: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 17

2.23.16 Wood Board Subflooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying this certification.

***************************************************************************

No. 2 common douglas fir, northern or western hemlock, englemann spruce, or

southern pine No. 2 boards, northern red or Norway pine, surfaced on four

sides. Nominal sizes must be 25 by 150 mm or 25 by 100 mm (1 by 6 inches or

1 by 4 inches). Moisture content must not exceed 15 percent.[ Provide

certified sustainably harvested wood board subflooring.]

2.23.17 Plywood Subflooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying this certification.

***************************************************************************

Douglas fir, southern pine, or western larch plywood; grade C-D, with

exterior glue; 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) thick by 4200 by 2400 mm (4 by 8 feet).[

Provide certified sustainably harvested plywood subflooring.]

2.23.18 Sealing and Finishing for Hardwood Strip Flooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use Group II finish for aerobics, dance, and

stage applications; use Group III for floors to be

utilized for gymnasium and multipurpose applications.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use Group II finish for multipurpose, high

wear areas; use group III for floors to be utilized

solely for sports. Group III finish generally

requires two sealer coats and two finish coats. Group

II finish requires one sealer coat and two finish

coats. Regardless of which finish is selected, each

coat except the final coat should be burnished with

No. 2 steel wool and wiped with a tack rag before

application of the next coat.

***************************************************************************

Conform to MFMA AFSFSCL, Group [II] [III] finish. Seal coat and finish coat

materials must be compatible with each other. Provide seal coat and finish

coat material products certified to meet either emissions requirements of

CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for seal coat and

finish coat materials.

Page 121: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 18

2.23.19 Game Line Marking Materials

As recommended by wood flooring finish manufacturer. Provide game line

marking material products certified to meet either emissions requirements of

CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for game line marking

materials.

2.23.20 Nails

Shape and size as recommended by flooring manufacturer.

2.23.21 Underlayment

Corkboard or corkroll, 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick, conforming to ASTM F36.

2.23.22 Adhesives

Waterproof, suitable for use with molded rubber base, recommended by rubber

base manufacturer. Provide adhesive products certified to meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Provide certification validation of

indoor air quality for adhesives.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

3.1.1 Condition of Subfloors

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The concrete slab on which the floor system is

to be installed must be depressed according to the

requirements of floor system being used. Ensure that

the required depressions are shown on the drawings.

***************************************************************************

Do not install flooring on surfaces that are not suitable for proper

installation. Before beginning work under this section, correct defects

such as rough or scaling concrete, low spots, high spots, uneven surfaces,

and repair damaged portions of concrete slabs. Concrete slabs must be given

a leveling course of latex fill and the surface shall not vary more than 3

mm (1/8 inch) when measured with a 3 meter (10 foot) straightedge placed in

any direction.

3.1.2 Preparation of Concrete Slab

Sweep concrete floor. Ensure that slab is dry and clean. Remove paint

spots, plaster, masonry droppings, grease, dirt, and other foreign matter

[including chemical curing agents which may affect the bond of adhesive-

applied wood flooring systems]. Concrete must be fully cured and dry.

3.1.3 Anchor Plate Assemblies for Portable Sports Equipment

Page 122: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 19

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Anchor plate assemblies for portable sports

equipment should be specified as a part of each

individual piece of equipment in Division 11 of the

project specifications; however, if no equipment is

to be specified and anchor plates are desired for

future equipment, they must be detailed in the

drawings, and materials and installation must be

specified in Part 2 of this section. Do not specify

anchors to be supplied by floor manufacturer; they do

not normally supply them.

***************************************************************************

Floor anchor plate assemblies for vertically adjustable portable sports

equipment shall be installed where indicated. Flooring must be cut neatly

around floor plates.

3.1.4 Work of Other Trades

Do not start work specified under this section until work of trades which

could create moisture, has been completed.

3.1.5 Moisture Content

Check flooring, subflooring, sleepers and nailers with an approved meter

verifying conformance with the requirements specified hereinbefore.

3.2 INSTALLATION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Provisions for expansion and contraction will

be governed by local weather conditions and by

temperatures and humidities to be maintained within

building. Modify specifications accordingly. The

floor systems included in this specification are

intended for installation on or above grade. If

installation is below grade, provisions for

waterproofing must be made and the requirements

specified in Division 7. Select type of flooring to

be used and delete other.

In conjunction with vapor-proofing, at least 150 mm

(6 inches) of porous fill, capillary water barrier,

consisting of clean, washed gravel graded from 19 to

38 mm (3/4 to 1 1/2 inch) sizes should be provided

under slab and specified in Division 2. No sand or

crushed coral should be used between top of gravel

and bottom of slab. If surrounding drainage

conditions indicate probable development of

hydrostatic pressure under slab, three-ply membrane

waterproofing should be provided under slab. Specify

in Division 7.

***************************************************************************

Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of

biological growth.

Page 123: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 20

3.2.1 Vaporproofing For Slabs on Grade

Cover slab with the polyethylene membrane. Lap joints at least 150 mm (6

inches). Seal joints with a full coverage of the adhesive recommended by

the membrane manufacturer.

3.2.2 Flooring Clipped to Steel Channels

3.2.2.1 Channel Placing

Install each channel in premilled grooves spaced 300 mm (12 inches) on

center in [fiberboard] [flexible foam] parallel to the short side of the

room, with butted end-to-end joints staggered at least 600 mm (24 inches).

Anchor channels to the slab at 350 mm (14 inches) on center with 10 mm (3/8

inch) diameter, flat headed anchors that penetrate the slab by at least 32

mm (1-1/4 inches). Set channels level.

3.2.2.2 Laying of Finished Flooring

Lay finished flooring at right angles to the steel channels. Begin

installation with double-tongue strips of flooring in center of room. Clip

each board down tightly at each channel intersection with zinc-coated

flooring clips. Each clip must firmly engage the side edges of the flooring

and the steel channels. Ensure that each clip is placed properly. Stagger

adjacent end joints of flooring so that there will be at least two boards

between joints. Where floor plates occur, install steel channels along

edges of flooring board; provide clips for flooring. Drive each flooring

strip up sideways and endways as tightly as practicable using steel driving

tools that prevent marring of exposed flooring. Scribe boards to permanent

obstructions and be securely blocked at wall lines.

3.2.3 Flooring on Wood Sleepers with Rubber Cushions

3.2.3.1 Installation of Wood Sleepers With Rubber Cushions

Install rubber-cushioned wood sleepers, [300 mm(12 inches) on center for

26.2 mm (33/32 inch)] [225 mm(9 inches) on center for 19.8 mm (25/32 inch)]

thick flooring, parallel to short side of the room, with butted end-to-end

joints, 6 mm (1/4 inch) apart at the joints, staggered at least 600 mm (24

inches). Sleepers must have the rubber cushions attached at 300 mm (12

inch) centers. Provide a 50 mm (2 inch) air space between ends and sides of

sleepers at walls and other permanent obstructions. Sleepers must be seated

level and firm with rubber cushions bearing completely on the subfloor.[ In

areas where fixed or temporary seats are indicated, provide 40 by 48 mm (1-

5/8 by 1-7/8 inch) wood screeds midway between the cushioned wood sleepers.]

3.2.3.2 Laying of Finished Flooring

Begin installation of flooring in center of space with double-tongue strips

of flooring. Lay flooring at right angles to the wood sleepers. Blind nail

each strip of flooring to each wood sleeper with 63 by 3 mm (8 penny) spiral

screw nails. Leave a continuous air space, 50 mm (2 inches) wide, between

the finished flooring and perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions.

Stagger end joints of adjacent strips of flooring so that there will be at

least two boards between each joint.

Page 124: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 21

3.2.4 Flooring on Board Subflooring, Wood Nailers, and Asphalt Fill

3.2.4.1 Priming of Concrete Slab

Prime slab with asphalt primer using minimum of 1.6 liter per 10 square

meters (one gallon per 250 square feet). Allow primer to dry.

3.2.4.2 Wood Nailers

Install continuous 50 by 75 mm (2 by 3 inch) nominal size wood nailers 300

mm (12 inches) on center, parallel to short side of room, with butted end-

to-end staggered joints, 6 mm (1/4 inch) apart at the joints. Elevate

bottoms of nailers about 5 mm (3/16 inch) above concrete slab with fiber

shims. Fasten nailers to slab with 6 by 88 mm (1/4 by 3 1/2 inch) power

driven anchors spaced 750 mm (30 inches) on center and staggered in adjacent

rows. Provide an additional anchor not more than 150 mm (6 inches) from the

end of each nailer. Provide a 50 mm (2 inch) air space between ends and

sides of sleepers at walls and other permanent obstructions. Nailers must

be set level and in alignment. Check level of tops of nailers with a

surveyor's instrument.

3.2.4.3 Asphalt Fill

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Because of asphalt cushion and fill specified,

no additional vapor barrier is recommended.

***************************************************************************

When the wood nailers have been set and leveled, pour the hot asphalt over

the entire concrete slab surface; fill the spaces under the wood nailers

completely and cover the concrete slab surface between the nailers to a

depth of approximately 10 to 13 mm (3/8 to 1/2 inch). Pour asphalt up 6 mm

(1/4 inch) on the sides of the nailers.

3.2.4.4 Wood Board Subflooring

Apply wood subflooring diagonally over the wood nailers. Cut ends parallel

to and over center lines of wood nailers. Nail subflooring securely to each

wood nailer with 57 by 3 mm (7 penny) steel spiral screw nails; use two

nails for 100 and 150 mm (4 and 6 inch) wide boards. Space boards

approximately 3 mm (1/8 inch) apart. Top of subflooring shall have a true,

even plane. Provide 50 mm (2 inches) of clearance between subflooring and

perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions.

3.2.4.5 Felt

Cover wood subflooring with a layer of the felt. Butt edges tightly. Do

not extend felt over air space between ends and sides of finished floor and

perimeter walls or other permanent obstructions.

3.2.4.6 Laying of Finished Flooring

Begin installation of flooring in center of space with double-tongue strips

of flooring. Lay flooring at right angles to the wood nailers and parallel

with the long dimension of the room. Blind nail each strip of flooring

through the subflooring and into the sleeper with 63 by 3 mm (8 penny) screw

type nails, spaced not over 300 mm (12 inches) apart over the sleepers.

Page 125: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 22

Leave a continuous air space 50 mm (2 inches) wide between the finished

flooring and perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions. Stagger end

joints of adjacent strips of flooring so that there will be at least two

boards between each joint.

3.2.5 Flooring on Plywood Subflooring With Rubber Pads

3.2.5.1 Installation of Plywood Subflooring With Rubber Pads

Provide two layers of 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) thick plywood sheets, of 1200 by

2400 mm (4 by 8 feet). Each 1200 by 2400 mm (4 by 8 foot) sheet in the

bottom layer bearing on slab must have 32 rubber pads, 57 by 75 by 10 mm (2-

1/4 by 3 by 3/8 inch) thick, approximately 300 mm (12 inches) on center in

each direction, stapled to underside of sheet. Partial sheets must have

rubber pads 300 mm (12 inches) on center and at perimeters. Lay first layer

of plywood on concrete floor slab, parallel to short side of room. Lay

second layer at a 45 degree angle to first layer and fasten it to first

layer by machine nailing or stapling on 600 mm (24 inch) centers using 25 mm

(one inch) nails or staples. Leave a continuous air space 50 mm (2 inches)

wide between the subflooring and perimeter walls and other permanent

obstructions and 6 mm (1/4 inch) between panels at sides and ends. Lap

panels so that no joint will fall over any joint of the first layer.[ In

areas where fixed or temporary seats are indicated, provide fixed hardboard

shims, 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick, between the cushioned pads.]

3.2.5.2 Laying of Finished Flooring

Begin installation of flooring in center of space with double-tongue strips

of flooring. Lay flooring parallel with the long dimension of the room.

Flooring must be blind nailed on 250 mm (10 inch) centers with 45 mm (1-3/4

inch) spiral screw nails. Leave a continuous air space, 50 mm (2 inches)

wide, between the finished flooring and perimeter walls and other permanent

obstructions. Stagger end joints of adjacent strips of flooring so that

there will be at least two boards between each joint.[ Roller skating rink

flooring shall be 26.2 mm (33/32 inch) thick or 19.8 mm (25/32 inch) and

laid in special octagonal pattern as indicated. Diagonal intersections of

flooring shall be joined with barbed steel splines.]

3.2.6 Flooring, Continuous Steel-Splined, [on Cork Underlayment]

3.2.6.1 Vaporproofing for Slabs on Grade

Prime concrete slab with asphalt primer using a minimum of 1.6 liter per 10

square meters (one gallon per 250 square feet). Following application and

drying of the primer apply a membrane of two layers of felt. Lay each layer

of felt in a coating of trowelled asphalt mastic, applied at the rate of at

least 11.5 liters per 10 square meters (one gallon per 35 square feet).

Felts shall be butted at joints. Turn up felt 40 mm (1-1/2 inches) at

perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions. Roll felt thoroughly,

eliminating air pockets and blisters, to provide an overall smooth and level

surface. Cover top layer of felt with a coating of trowelled asphalt mastic

applied at the rate of at least 11.5 liters per 10 square meters (one gallon

per 35 square feet).

[3.2.6.2 Cork Underlayment

Page 126: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 23

Install underlayment in asphalt mastic. Provide a 2 mm (1/16 inch) space at

joints of corkboard. After underlayment has been installed, roll entire

area with a 68 kilogram (150 pound) roller to attain maximum bond and a

uniformly even surface. Leave a 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) air space between

underlayment and perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions.

]3.2.6.3 Finished Flooring

Lay 300 mm (12 inch) long strips of finished flooring firmly in full bed of

asphalt mastic in end-to-end courses, interlocking with saw-tooth steel

splines into the slotted ends. Break joints of continuous strip units in

succeeding courses. Lay continuous strip units parallel with the width of

the room. Lay flooring level and in correct alignment. Leave a continuous

air space, 40 mm (1-1/2 inches) wide, between the finished flooring and

perimeter walls and other permanent obstructions. Lay flooring with

hairline joints. Do not drive flooring up tightly.

3.2.7 Hardwood Base Installation

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select type of base desired and delete the

inapplicable types. Bases specified are not a

standard product of any manufacturer, and must be

detailed on the drawings.

***************************************************************************

Install molded and perforated continuous hardwood base of the type

indicated, along perimeter walls. Base shall have 10 mm (3/8 inch) diameter

vent holes spaced 125 mm (5 inches) on center in a straight row. Nail or

bolt base to wall. Do not fasten base to flooring.

3.2.8 Molded-Rubber Base Installation

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select type of base desired and delete the

inapplicable types. Bases specified are not a

standard product of any manufacturer, and must be

detailed on the drawings.

***************************************************************************

Install molded-rubber base firmly on perimeter walls in continuous adhesive

as recommended by the base manufacturer. Provide vertical, circular or

semicircular vent holes in base spaced 125 mm (5 inches) on center in a

straight row. Do not fasten base to flooring.

3.2.9 Steel Angle Base Installation

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select type of base desired and delete the

inapplicable types. Bases specified are not a

standard product of any manufacturer, and must be

detailed on the drawings.

***************************************************************************

Install 75 by 75 by 5 mm (3 by 3 by 3/16 inch) continuous steel angle along

perimeter walls. Bottom leg of angle shall have 10 mm (3/8 inch) diameter

vent holes spaced 125 mm (5 inches) on center in a straight row. Fasten

Page 127: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 24

angle to wall at intervals of 400 mm (16 inches) with countersunk head

[expansion] [toggle] bolts. Do not fasten angle to flooring.

3.3 SANDING, FINISHING, AND MARKING

3.3.1 Sanding

Sand wood floor surfaces with a machine using coarse, medium, and fine

grades of sandpaper; the edges must be sanded to a smooth edge; the finished

surface must be smooth and level, free from scratches. A final disc sanding

shall be provided. After final sanding or buffing, vacuum floors until

clean. Do not walk on floors thereafter until finish has been applied and

is dry.

3.3.2 Finishing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use first bracketed sentence if finish is to

be specified elsewhere in Division 9 of the project

specifications; use second bracketed sentence if

finish is specified under this section. Select Group

II or Group III finish in the next-to-last sentence

of this section.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Insert appropriate Section number and title in

blank below using format per UFC 1-300-02.

***************************************************************************

[Finishing must be provided as specified in [_____].] [Within one day after

the final sanding, buffing, and sweeping have been completed, use a tacky

rag to clean flooring with a low VOC solvent recommended by the manufacturer

of the floor finish material. Follow cleaning with a coating of sealer;

when thoroughly dry, burnish with No. 2 steel wool, using a power machine.

After final burnishing and prior to application of final finish coat(s),

layout and mark game lines as specified herein; after game lines are

thoroughly dry, apply final finish coat.] Floors must be wiped with a tacky

rag each burnishing. [Finish floors in accordance with MFMA SSCLFMGF. Four

Coat Specification: Group II finish must consist of one sealer coat and

three finish coats. Group III finish must consist of two sealer coats and

two finish coats. Allow 5 days for proper curing.]

3.3.3 Marking

Lay out game lines and fields [and patterns] where indicated, masking edges

to provide sharp, clean edges. Edge must be straight and width shall be

uniform. Apply marking of colors indicated, providing a minimum dry film

thickness of one mil.

3.4 PROTECTION

After completion of laying, finishing, and marking of the flooring, do not

use the floor for at least 72 hours. Avoid heavy traffic on the floor for

at least one week. Upon floor drying, use nonstaining, porous building

paper of the type and grade recommended by manufacturer, taped along edges.

Remove kraft paper covering after work in this area is completed.

Page 128: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 64 66 Page 25

3.5 SCHEDULE

Metric measurements in this section are based on mathematical conversion of

English unit measurement, and not on metric measurement commonly agreed to

by the manufacturers or other parties. The English and metric units for the

measurements shown are as follows:

Products English Units Metric Units

Flooring 25/32 inch 19.8 mm

33/32 inch 26.2 mm

2 1/4 inches 57 mm

1 1/2 inches 38 mm

1 5/16 inches 33 mm

Rubber Base 4 by 3 inches 100 by 75 mm

Steel Channels 16 gage 1.5 mm

Sleepers 2 by 3 inches 50 by 75 mm

Plywood 1/2 inch 12.7 mm

-- End of Section --

Page 129: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 65 66 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 65 66 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 65 66

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for resilient athletic flooring.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Systems specified in this guide specification

are recommended for indoor athletic rooms e.g.,

weight rooms, running tracks, recreational areas,

aerobic centers, multi-purpose gym floors, etc.

Hardwood flooring is preferable for basketball

courts, handball, and racquetball courts. Rubber-

base floorings can be used in outdoor installations

like wet bars, running tracks, tennis courts, and

swimming pool walks.

***************************************************************************

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

Page 130: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 2

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C920 (2014a) Standard Specification for

Elastomeric Joint Sealants

ASTM D1054 (2002; R 2007) Rubber Property - Resilience

Using a Rebound Pendulum

ASTM D1894 (2014) Static and Kinetic Coefficients of

Friction of Plastic Film and Sheeting

ASTM D2240 (2015) Standard Test Method for Rubber

Property - Durometer Hardness

ASTM D2632 (2015) Rubber Property-Resilience by Vertical

Rebound

ASTM D395 (2016; E 2017) Standard Test Methods for

Rubber Property - Compression Set

ASTM D412 (2016) Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized

Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension

ASTM D624 (2000; R 2012) Tear Strength of Conventional

Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic

Elastomers

ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical

Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using

a Radiant Heat Energy Source

ASTM F1303 (2004; R 2014) Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering

with Backing

Page 131: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 3

ASTM F1869 (2016) Standard Test Method for Measuring

Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete

Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride

ASTM F2170 (2016a) Standard Test Method for Determining

Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs in

situ Probes

ASTM F2772 (2011) Standard Specification for Athletic

Performance Properties of Indoor Sports Floor

Systems

ASTM G21 (2015) Standard Practice for Determining

Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials

to Fungi

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI)

CRI GL CUSHION Green Label Cushion Program

CRI GLP QM (2015) Green Label Plus Quality Manual

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)

ISO 14001 (2015) Environmental Management Systems —

Requirements with Guidance for Use

ISO 9001 (2008; Corr 1 2009) Quality Management

Systems- Requirements

RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI)

FLOORSCORE FLOORSCORE IAQ Certification

SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)

SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

Page 132: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 4

UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For

Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,

Finishes And Furnishings

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Approved Detail Drawings; G[, [_____]]

Page 133: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 5

SD-03 Product Data

Installation

SD-04 Samples

Flooring

SD-06 Test Reports

Laboratory Test Results

SD-07 Certificates

Indoor Air Quality

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Rubber Composition Tiles; S

Indoor Air Quality for Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting; S

Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Composition Tile; S

Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Urethane Poured-In-Place Flooring; S

Indoor Air Quality for Resilient Mat Underlay; S

Indoor Air Quality for Adhesives; S

Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S

Indoor Air Quality for Game Line Marking Materials; S

Indoor Air Quality for Wall Base; S

Warranty

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.3.1 Shop Drawings

Provide approved detail drawings showing, as a minimum, installation details

and locations of borders, patterns, and locations of floor seams.

1.3.2 Manufacturer Qualifications

Manufacturer must have at least ten years active experience in the

manufacturing and marketing of indoor resilient athletic flooring, and be a

Page 134: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 6

certified manufacturer in accordance with ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.

Manufacturer must also have an authorized installer training program.

1.3.3 Installer Qualifications

Installer must have at least five years of experience in the installation of

resilient athletic flooring, and have experience on at least five projects

of similar size, type and complexity as this Project. Installer must also

utilize workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by

manufacturer of resilient athletic flooring installation indicated.

1.3.4 Laboratory Test Results

1.3.4.1 Performance Properties

Provide certification documents indicating testing per ASTM F2772 has been

performed and the product being supplied complies with the ASTM

category/classification specified for this project. Information from product

catalogs or sales literature is not sufficient.

1.3.4.2 Shock Absorption

Shock absorption (force reduction) test results certified by an independent

testing laboratory certified to perform such testing.

a. ASTM test must be from certified North American laboratories.

b. EN and DIN test must be from certified European laboratories.

1.3.4.3 Fire Performance

Provide fire performance test results.

1.3.5 Fire Test Characteristics

As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E648, Class 1,

by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1.3.6 Athletic Performance Properties

Comply with ASTM F2772 Performance Level C2 for force reduction and ball

rebound.

1.3.7 Adhesive Application

Adhesive applied and poured-in-place flooring must be installed by an

experienced floor applicator approved by the manufacturer.

1.3.8 Flooring Material Samples

Submit three samples minimum 225 x 275 mm (9 x 11 inches) of each color of

flooring material required and manufacturer's certificates stating that the

resilient athletic flooring materials conform to the specified requirements.

Labels or markings affixed to manufacturer's products attesting that

products meet requirements specified herein will be accepted in lieu of

certificates.

Page 135: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 7

1.4 CERTIFICATIONS

1.4.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit the following required indoor air quality certifications in one

submittal package.:

[Indoor Air Quality for Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting]

[Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Composition Tile]

[Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring]

[Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring]

[Indoor Air Quality for Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring]

[Indoor Air Quality for Resilient Mat Underlay]

1.4.1.1 Floor Covering Materials

Provide rubber composition tile, sheet rubber composition flooring, sheet

vinyl composition flooring, and wall base products certified to meet indoor

air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (Greenguard) Gold, SCS

Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold or provide certification or validation

by other third-party program that products meet the requirements of this

paragraphSection. Provide resilient mat underlay products certified to meet

indoor air quality requirements by FLOORSCORE, UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold,

SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold, CRI GL CUSHION or provide

certification or validation by other third-party program that products meet

the requirements of this paragraphSection. Provide indoor-outdoor carpeting

products certified to meet indoor air quality requirements by UL 2818

(GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor Advantage Gold, CRI GLP QM or

provide certification or validation by other third-party program that

products meet the requirements of this paragraphSection. Products must meet

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide current product

certification documentation from certification body.

1.4.1.2 Paints and Coatings

For interior applications (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)

of rubber poured-in-place flooring, urethane poured-in-place flooring,

primer, and game line marking materials, provide products certified to meet

either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for

either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification

documentation from certification body.

[1.4.1.3 Adhesives and Sealants

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include this subparagraph where these products

are used on the interior of the building (defined as

inside of the weatherproofing system).

***************************************************************************

Adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of

the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.

Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.

Page 136: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 8

]1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver Materials in manufacturer's original unopened containers with labels

intact. Materials shall not be delivered to the installation area or

installed before all work that may damage the materials or the finished

floor, such as overhead work, is completed. Store materials in a clean, dry

area. Materials in storage shall be maintained at temperatures recommended

by the manufacturer. Protection boards shall be stored flat and off the

ground.

a. Store flooring and installation materials in protected dry spaces, with

ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by

manufacturer, but less than 13 degrees C (55 degrees F) nor more than

29 degrees C (85 degrees F).

b. Store the indoor resilient athletic surfacing rolls in an upright

position on a smooth flat surface immediately upon delivery to Project.

1.6 WARRANTY

1.6.1 Manufacturer's Warranty

Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or

replace sports flooring that fails within specified warranty period.

Material warranty must be direct from the product manufacturer. Material

warranties from separate or third party insurance providers are not valid.

Material warranties from private label distributors are not valid.

Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Material manufacturing defects.

b. Surface wear and deterioration to the point of wear-through.

c. Failure due to substrate moisture exposure not exceeding 80 percent

relative humidity when tested according to ASTM F2170 or 5 pounds

moisture vapor emission rate when tested according to ASTM F1869.

1.6.1.1 Warranty Period

For materials: Minimum of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. For

surface wear: minimum of 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.6.2 Installer's Warranty

Installer's standard form in which installer agrees to repair or replace

sports flooring that fails due to poor workmanship or faulty installation

within the specified warranty period.

1.7 COORDINATION

Coordinate layout and installation of flooring with other gymnasium

equipment.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

Page 137: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 9

1.8.1 Floor Tiles

Furnish spare tiles of each color at the rate of [_____] [5] tiles for each

1000 tiles installed. Tiles must be from the same lot as those installed.

1.8.2 Carpeting

Extra material from same dye lot consisting of full width continuous

broadloom must be provided for maintenance. A minimum of [_____] percent of

total square meters (square yards) of each carpet type, pattern, and color

must be provided.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: If more than one type of resilient flooring is

required, a separate paragraph for that type floor

will be used. Each flooring type will be designated

with a letter or number symbol. Use the same symbols

to key flooring types to locations listed or shown on

the drawings.

Floor types will be specified for a specific use such

as, carpet for pool areas, multi-use areas, and pro

shops, or rubber tile flooring for weight rooms, etc.

Edit specification as required to meet project needs

and omit text not applicable.

***************************************************************************

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Resilient Athletic Flooring Materials

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements. A resource that can be used to

identify products with recycled content is the

"Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page

within the EPA's website at http://www.epa.gov.

Other products with recycled content are also

acceptable when meeting all requirements of this

specification.

***************************************************************************

[Recycled Content for Rubber Composition Tiles][Recycled content for some

products] is identified in this section; provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

Page 138: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 10

Other products listed in this section may be available with recycled

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for recycled

content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

][2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS)

for Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

]2.12 FLOORING MATERIALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: If more than one type of resilient flooring is

required, a separate paragraph for that type floor

will be used. Each flooring type will be designated

with a letter or number symbol. Use the same symbols

to key flooring types to locations listed or shown on

the drawings.

Floor types will be specified for a specific use such

as, carpet for pool areas, multi-use areas, and pro

shops, or rubber tile flooring for weight rooms, etc.

Edit specification as required to meet project needs

and omit text not applicable.

***************************************************************************

2.12.1 Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting Type [A] [_____]

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Carpeting shall be specially designed for

indoor or indoor-outdoor environments as required,

e.g., weight rooms, outdoor playground areas,

indoor/outdoor pool areas, and pro shops. Edit as

required to meet project requirements.

***************************************************************************

Carpet-type flooring that is spike proof [[ribbed] [berber] pattern

consisting of a top layer of rugged [polypropylene] [or] [nylon] fibers

combined with an inorganic cut-resistant [non-skid] [_____]] [wet areas

artificial turf pattern consisting of a top layer of rugged polypropylene

fibers combined with an inorganic cut-resistant [porous rubber knob][foam]

[_____]] backing. Minimum total thickness must be [10] [_____] mm ([0.375]

[_____] inches). Finished surface pile yarn weight (face weight) must be

minimum [_____] kg/square meter (ounces/square yard). Test results for

resistance to soil bacteria or fungi must show no sustained growth or

discoloration after 21 days when tested in accordance with ASTM G21.

Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting.

Page 139: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 11

2.12.2 Rubber Composition Tile Type [A] [_____]

Provide [interlocked] [_____] [600 x 600] [_____] mm ([24 x 24] [_____]

inches) square, of solid first quality rubber, uniformly resilient material

rubber tiles, designed to be applied [with] [without] adhesive. Provide

tiles that are approximately [13] [_____] mm ([1/2] [_____] inch) thick,

[smooth] [traction] [_____] texture, and [reversible] [non-reversible].

Flooring must be able to withstand [75 percent compression for 22 hours at

70 degrees C (158 degrees F)] [_____] without residual deformation when

tested in accordance with ASTM D395. Provide flooring with a durometer

hardness Shore-A of 50-60 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240.

Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for Rubber Composition Tile.

2.12.3 Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring Type [A] [_____]

Provide resilient poured-in-place rubber surface composed of chloroprene

rubber, chloroprene rubber sponge, aggregate, setting powders, and a top

finish composed of acrylic resins. Flooring must be able to withstand 50

percent compression for 72 hours at 22 degrees C (72 degrees F) with a

residual deformation of less than 10 percent when tested in accordance with

ASTM D395. Flooring must have a minimum compression modulus at 10 percent

of 690 kPa (100 psi), a minimum elongation of 250 percent and a minimum

tensile strength of 3800 kPa (550 psi) plus or minus 34 kPa (5 psi) when

tested in accordance with ASTM D412. Provide flooring with a durometer

hardness Shore-A of 55-60 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240 and a

minimum tear resistance of 10.5 kN/m (60 lbf/inch) when tested in accordance

with ASTM D624. For interior applications (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) of rubber poured-in-place flooring, provide products

certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)

or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of

indoor air quality for Rubber Poured-In-Place Flooring.

2.12.4 Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring Type [A] [_____]

Provide prefabricated, homogeneous, natural and synthetic rubbers sheet

rubber flooring, minimum [5] [_____] mm ([3/16] [_____] inch) thick, and

[smooth gymnasium] [textured all-purpose] finish. provide roll type

flooring not less than 1500 [_____] mm (60 [_____] inches) wide. Flooring

must have a minimum tensile stress at 100 percent elongation of 1500 kPa

(220 psi) and a minimum ultimate elongation of 250 percent when tested in

accordance with ASTM D412. Flooring must be able to withstand 50 percent

compression for 72 hours at 22 degrees C (72 degrees F) with a residual

deformation of less than 10 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM

D395. Flooring must provide a 55 plus or minus 5 percent rebound when

tested in accordance with ASTM D1054. Product must meet emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air

quality for Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring.

2.12.5 Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring Type [A] [_____]

Provide sheet vinyl flooring consisting of a solid polyvinyl chloride

material that conforms to the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM

F1303. Provide flooring not less than 1200 mm (48 inches) wide and a

minimum thickness of [3] [_____] mm ([1/8] [_____] inch). Provide [smooth]

[stipple] [track embossed] texture floor surface. Flooring must have a

Page 140: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 12

minimum coefficient of friction of 0.75 when tested in accordance with ASTM

D1894. Provide flooring with an average thickness loss of 0.2 mm (8.0 mils)

plus or minus 0.025 mm (1 mil). Rebound resilience of flooring must be

greater than 12 percent and less than 30 percent when tested in accordance

with ASTM D2632. Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350. Provide certification of indoor air quality for Sheet Vinyl

Composition Flooring. [Provide an optional compatible top coating

recommended by the sheet vinyl flooring manufacturer.]

2.12.6 Urethane Poured-In-Place Flooring Type [A] [_____]

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Urethane resilient flooring may be installed

on a variety of substrates and in a variety of

thicknesses from 3 to 25 mm (1/8 to 1 inch).

Coordinate with manufacturer's literature. Edit

specification as required.

***************************************************************************

The resilient poured-in-place urethane surface is composed of a seamless

pigmented monolithic material. Provide minimum [3] [_____] mm ([1/8]

[_____] inch) thick and [smooth gymnasium] [textured all-purpose] [textured

track] finish flooring. Flooring must have a durometer hardness Shore-A of

55-60 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240. Flooring must have a

minimum ultimate elongation of 250 percent when tested in accordance with

ASTM D412 and shall have a density of 1.25. For interior applications

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) of urethane poured-in-

place flooring, provide products certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of indoor air quality for Urethane

Poured-In-Place Flooring.

Provide certification of indoor air quality for Urethane Poured-in-Place

Flooring.

2.23 RESILIENT MAT UNDERLAY

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Resilient mat underlay may be used under a

two-component polyurethane wear coat system, sheet

rubber surfacing system, or a vinyl sheet surfacing

system. Deletion or specification and thickness of

mat underlay will be determined by the athletic

flooring requirements. Coordinate with

manufacturer's literature.

***************************************************************************

Provide prefabricated resilient mat underlay consisting of granulated

indoor/outdoor rubber mat bound with polyurethane for shock absorption. Mat

thickness must be [_____] mm (inches). Product must meet emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide certification of indoor air

quality for Resilient Mat Underlay.

2.34 ADHESIVES

Page 141: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 13

Adhesive must be as recommended by the flooring manufacturer and correspond

to the specified flooring product and to the substrate. Adhesive products

used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for adhesives.

2.45 CRACK FILLER/LEVELER FOR CONCRETE SURFACES

Crack filler/leveler for concrete floor surfaces shall be as recommended by

flooring manufacturer.

2.56 EDGING STRIPS

Provide strips of the same material and design as recommended by flooring

manufacturer.

2.67 PRIMER

Concrete primer must be as recommended by flooring manufacturer and

correspond to the specified flooring product and to the substrate. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for primer. For interior applications

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) of primer, provide

products certified to meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless

of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide

validation of indoor air quality for Primer.

2.78 GAME LINE MATERIAL

Game line material must as recommended by the flooring manufacturer and

correspond to the specified flooring product. Provide certification of

indoor air quality for game line marking materials. For interior

applications (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) of game line

marking materials, provide products certified to meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide validation of indoor air quality for Game Line

Marking Materials.

2.89 WALL BASE

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include last bracketed sentence requiring

products with indoor air quality certifications when

product will be located in offices or classrooms.

***************************************************************************

Base must be [rubber] [vinyl], Type [straight] [coved] style. Base must be

100 mm (4 inches) high and minimum 2 mm (0.080 inch) thick.[

Product must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for wall base.]

2.910 SEALANTS

Page 142: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 14

Pprovide sealants in accordance with Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS.

2.101 MANUFACTURERS COLOR

Color must be [in accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]

[_____].

PART 3 EXECUTION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Expansion joints under resilient athletic

flooring should be avoided to the maximum extent

possible by placing the joints at the perimeter of

the floor area. For large areas such as gymnasiums,

shrinkage compensating concrete may be advisable.

***************************************************************************

3.1 PREPARATION

Concrete surfaces must be completely cured and dry. Do not use curing

agents, sealers, or hardeners to aid in the curing of the concrete slab.

Surfaces must be free of paint spots, and other foreign materials. Surfaces

must be ground down or leveled with an approved leveling compound to a

tolerance of plus or minus 3 mm (1/8 inch) within a 3 meters (10 foot)

radius. Cracks, construction joints, or damaged portions of floor must be

filled with crack filler for concrete surfaces. Expansion joints must be

filled and sealed in accordance with the approved installation instructions

of the manufacturer. All sealants must be in accordance with ASTM C920.

Expansion joints must not be filled with a material that will make them

inoperable.

3.2 MOISTURE TEST

Confirm that the moisture content of concrete subfloors is in the range

recommended by the flooring manufacturer before floor installation.

3.3 INSTALLATION

Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of

biological growth.

3.3.1 General Requirements

Installation must be in accordance with the approved installation

instructions. Tile or sheet flooring must be rolled with a medium-sized

roller in both directions to release entrapped air. Submit manufacturer's

descriptive data and catalog cuts indicating materials of construction and

physical characteristics. Installation, cleaning and maintenance

instructions must be included.

3.3.2 Molded Rubber Base

Install base in accordance with the approved installation instructions of

the manufacturer of the base.

3.3.3 Indoor-Outdoor Carpeting

Page 143: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 15

Apply flooring as recommended by the manufacturer.

3.3.4 Sheet Vinyl Composition Flooring

Prime the concrete slab in accordance with approved installation

instructions. Install flooring as recommended by the manufacturer.

3.3.4.1 Seams

Cut and place end seams as recommended by the manufacturer. Weight seams

weighted as required.

3.3.4.2 Hot-Welded Seams

Groove butted sheets to a depth of approximately two thirds of their total

thickness using an electrical or hand grooving tool. Thermoweld grooved

seams using a hot air welding tool and a PVC welding thread. After seam has

cooled to room temperature, trim the excess off to provide a flush joint.

3.3.5 Sheet Rubber Composition Flooring

Sheet flooring must be dry cut and layed out flat a minimum of 24 hours

prior to adhering to the substrate. Single cut end seams. Cut edge seams

through overlapping sheets, then snap into place to ensure tight seams.

Weight seams as required.

3.3.6 Rubber Composition Tile Flooring

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Tile flooring can be installed with adhesive

or without adhesive using a mechanical locking

technique. Edit to comply with the type flooring

specified.

***************************************************************************

3.3.6.1 Application With Adhesive

Lay tiles on adhesive surface in pattern according to approved detail

drawings. Joints of tiles must be even and tight. Cut tiles to fit tightly

against the wall. Submit drawings showing game lines, location of anchor

plate assemblies, floor outlets, and under-floor conduit or raceways.

3.3.6.2 Application Without Adhesive

Join tiles together using interlocking ears or other mechanical locking

techniques. Interlock the ears into the adjoining tile 40 mm (1-1/2 inches)

and provide at least five interlocks for each 600 mm (24 inch) edge. Where

required, supply a beveled transfer border to interlock with the flooring

tiles. The borders must be 150 mm (6 inches) wide and 600 mm (24 inches)

long and the same thickness as the matching tiles.

3.3.7 Rubber Poured-in-Place Flooring

Prime the concrete slab with primer recommended by manufacturer in a thin

film covering approximately 10 square meters/L (400 square feet per gallon).

Pour chloroprene rubber onto subfloor and trowel to a smooth and uniform

layer of the required thickness. Apply a grout chloroprene rubber coat to

Page 144: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 65 66 Page 16

fill possible voids in surface. After the chloroprene rubber is completely

dry, apply a pigmented finish with a spray and roller.

3.3.8 Urethane Poured-in-Place Flooring

Prime the concrete slab with primer recommended by the manufacturer. Rate

of application must be in accordance with approved installation instructions

and be allowed to dry odor free. Cover concrete construction joints with 50

mm (2 inch) wide PVC duct tape. Apply resin in a minimum of 2 lifts. Apply

pigmented and textured coatings in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations.

3.3.9 Resilient Mat Underlay

Unroll the resilient mat underlay and allow to relax prior to cutting or

fitting. Install the mat in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

3.3.10 Line Marking and Finishing

After installation is complete, clean the floor surface in accordance with

installation instructions. Lay out, mask, and paint line marking according

to approved detail drawings and approved installation instructions. Finish

in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

3.4 PROTECTION

Protect the installed flooring from soiling and damage with heavy

reinforced, nonstaining kraft paper, plywood, or hardboard sheets as

required. Lap and secure edges of kraft paper protection to provide a

continuous cover. Remove protective covering when directed by the

Contracting Officer.

-- End of Section --

Page 145: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 66 13 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 66 13 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 66 13

PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for standard terrazzo bonded to concrete

subfloor.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Bonded terrazzo is normally 45 mm (1-3/4 inch)

total thickness, consisting of 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick

terrazzo topping over a 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) thick

underbed.

Where structural movement which may injure the

terrazzo is anticipated, installations should be by

the sand cushion (floating) method. Where

requirement exists for sand-cushion or other-type

installation method, bases, precast work, or

specialized work such as structural, abrasive,

rustic, or venetian terrazzo, or terrazzo over

permanent metal forms, the specification should be

Page 146: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 2

revised or a separate section should be prepared as

appropriate.

Areas to receive terrazzo will be shown on the

drawings. Color should be indicated by showing a

selected plate number from the NTMA publication,

"Terrazzo Design/Technical Data"

Example: NTMA Terrazzo Color Palette, plate No. S-

301-4. Colors selected may be any combination of

standard marble granules of domestic origin available

in the local market.

***************************************************************************

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C150/C150M (2017) Standard Specification for Portland

Cement

ASTM C171 (2016) Standard Specification for Sheet

Materials for Curing Concrete

ASTM C241/C241M (2015) Standard Specification for Abrasion

Resistance of Stone Subjected to Foot Traffic

ASTM C309 (2011) Standard Specification for Liquid

Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing

Concrete

Page 147: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 3

ASTM C33/C33M (2016) Standard Specification for Concrete

Aggregates

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION (NTMA)

NTMA Info Guide (2000) Terrazzo Information Guide

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

Page 148: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 4

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Installation; G[, [_____]]

SD-03 Product Data

Flooring System Materials

SD-04 Samples

Terrazzo Flooring

Divider Strips

Control Joint Strips

Colorants

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Cleaning and Sealing

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring System; S

Indoor Air Quality for Curing Material; S

Indoor Air Quality for Sealer; S

Warranty

1.3 CERTIFICATIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include the following section where these

products are used on the interior of the building

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).

***************************************************************************

1.3.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

1.3.2 Paints and Coatings

Page 149: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 5

Floor curing material and sealer products used on the interior of the

building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification

documentation from certification body.

1.34 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials in the manufacturer's unopened containers marked with the

brand name. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with

manufacturers instructions in a manner that prevents deterioration and

contamination.

1.45 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Maintain areas to receive terrazzo at a temperature above 10 degrees C (50

degrees F) 24 hours prior to the time mixtures are placed and until

completely cured.

1.56 WARRANTY

Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that

extend beyond a one-year period.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring Materials

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

***************************************************************************

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Page 150: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 6

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content where

appropriate for use. Verify suitability,

availability within the region, cost effectiveness

and adequate competition (including verification of

bracketed percentages included in this guide

specification) before specifying product recycled

content requirements.

Research shows the product is commonly available with

the minimum recycled content percentages shown below.

Include section below when system with recycled

content is desired, and select material option based

on research of availability and price effectiveness.

***************************************************************************

[2.12 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING SYSTEM MATERIALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Research shows the product is commonly available with

the minimum recycled content percentages shown below.

Select option below based on research of availability

and price effectiveness.

***************************************************************************

Provide system that has a minimum of [40 percent fly ash] [100 percent

recycled aggregate] [____]. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled

content for portland cement terrazzo flooring system.

]2.23 PORTLAND CEMENT

Provide portland cement conforming to ASTM C150/C150M, Type I, of colors

required to match NTMA Info Guide color plate indicated [in Section 09 06 00

SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES].

2.34 SAND

Provide sand conforming to ASTM C33/C33M for fine aggregate.

Page 151: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 7

2.45 MARBLE CHIPS

Provide marble chips of domestic origin of sizes and colors required to

match NTMA Info Guide color plate indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES

FOR FINISHES]. Marble chips must have an abrasive hardness of not less than

10 when tested in accordance with ASTM C241/C241M; contain no deleterious or

foreign matter; and less than one percent by weight dust content.

2.56 DIVIDER STRIPS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Manufacturer's literature should be reviewed

when making selections for divider strips. When

material and thickness of divider strips and color of

plastic strips vary, depending on location in the

project, material thickness and color should be shown

on the drawings and specified.

***************************************************************************

Provide divider strips in accordance with NTMA Info Guide and 30 mm (1-1/4

inch) deep, [_____] mm (gauge) thick and of [brass] [zinc] [plastic in color

as indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]]. Standard type

one-piece divider strips must [be not lighter than 1.5 mm (No. 16 Brown &

Sharpe gage) thick] [be of thickness indicated]. Heavy-top strips may be

either one- or two-piece strips with a solid top section, [not less than 6

mm (1/4 inch) nor more than 10 mm (3/8 inch) in depth and not less than [3]

[6] mm ([1/8] [1/4] inch) thick] [of thickness shown]. Submit two 150 mm (6

inch) lengths of each type divider.

2.67 CONTROL JOINT STRIPS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Manufacturer's literature should be reviewed

when making selections for control joint strips.

***************************************************************************

Provide control joint strips in accordance with NTMA Info Guide and [_____]

mm (inches) deep, [_____] mm (gauge) thick of [brass] [zinc]. Use neoprene

filler [_____] mm (inches) thick in color as indicated [in Section 09 06 00

SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]. Submit two 150 mm (6 inch) lengths of each type

control joint strip.

2.78 COLORANTS

Provide alkali-resistant and nonfading colorants. Pigments must be of

colors required to match NTMA Info Guide color plate indicated [in Section

09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES].

2.89 CURING MATERIAL

Curing material must be either liquid membrane-forming compound, wet sand,

polyethylene sheeting, or water. Liquid membrane-forming compound must

conform to ASTM C309, Type I. Floor curing material products used on the

interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)

must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)

Page 152: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 8

or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification

validation of indoor air quality for curing material. Polyethylene sheeting

must conform to ASTM C171.

2.910 TERRAZZO CLEANER

Use biodegradable, phosphate free terrazzo cleaner with a pH factor between

7 and 10 and of a type specially prepared for use on terrazzo. Submit

maintenance instructions for bonded terrazzo.

2.101 SEALER

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include bracketed pH factor for NAVFAC SW

projects only.

***************************************************************************

Sealer must [have a pH factor between 7 and 10 and] be a penetrating type

specially prepared for use on terrazzo. The sealer must not discolor or

amber the terrazzo and shall produce a slip resistant surface. Flash point

of sealer shall be in accordance with NTMA Info Guide. Sealer products used

on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing

system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)

or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification

validation of indoor air quality for sealer.

2.112 SHEET MATERIALS

Sheet materials used for curing the terrazzo must conform to ASTM C171.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 TERRAZZO PROPORTIONS

3.1.1 Underbed

Use underbed composed of one part portland cement to [4] [4.5] parts sand.

Add water to provide workability at as low a slump as possible. Spread to a

level 13 mm (1/2 inch) below the finished floor, to a thickness of

approximately 30 mm (1-1/4 inches).

3.1.2 Terrazzo Topping

Topping must be composed of one 43 kg (94 pound) bag of portland cement per

91 kg (200 pounds) of marble chips and approximately 20 L (5 gallons) of

water. Add color pigment as needed, but not to exceed 1 kg (2 pounds) per

bag of cement. Add water in sufficient quantity to provide workability at

as low a slump as possible.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Submit drawings indicating the type, size, and layout of divider strips and

control joint strips and color of floor areas.

3.2.1 Underbed Placement

Page 153: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 9

Clean and saturate concrete surfaces with water in accordance with NTMA Info

Guide. Do not treat concrete substrate to receive bonded terrazzo with

curing agent or additives which would preclude bonding. Remove excess water

from the subfloor before slushing and brooming with neat cement paste.

Place the underbed on the concrete subfloor and screed to an elevation 13 mm

(1/2 inch) below the finished floor. Install divider strips in the

semiplastic underbed. Firmly trowel the underbed along the edges to insure

positive anchorage of the divider strips. Install control joint strips over

subfloor expansion joints and extend the full depth of the underbed.

3.2.2 Setting Divider Strips

Set in accordance with layout indicated while underbed is still plastic.

Set strips to straight lines and to the proper level to ensure that tops of

strips will show uniformly after completing grinding and finishing

operations. Fit joints and intersections tight. Where divisions in field

work are not shown, divide field work into squares or rectangles of uniform

size and not more than 1800 mm (6 feet) on a side. Divide borders by strips

to coincide with the layout of division strips in the field of floors.

Place edging strips at doorways between terrazzo and other types of flooring

and along the edges of terrazzo borders adjoining other types of floor

finishes or floor coverings. Place expansion strips over control joints,

construction joints, and expansion joints.

3.2.3 Placing Terrazzo Topping

Slush and broom the underbed in accordance with NTMA Info Guide with neat

cement paste of the same color as required for the topping. Place the

topping in panels formed by divider strips and trowel level with the top of

the strips. Seed the troweled surface with chips in the same color

proportions as contained in the terrazzo mix, trowel and roll with heavy

rollers until excess water has been extracted. Trowel the terrazzo to a

uniform surface disclosing the lines of the divider strips.

3.2.4 Curing

Cure the terrazzo until the topping develops sufficient strength to prevent

lifting or pulling of terrazzo chips during grinding. Keep the completed

terrazzo continuously moist and free of traffic during the curing period.

Cure by covering with a liquid membrane-forming compound, sheet materials,

wet sand, or sprinkling with water.

3.2.5 Finishing

[Finish in accordance with NTMA Info Guide.] [After curing the grout coat

for a minimum of 72 hours, grind the floor using a No. 80 or finer grit

stone. In the latter stages of grinding, use grit stones or other abrasive

in the grinding machine of a grain or fineness that will give the surface a

honed finish. Grind and rub by hand small areas, inaccessible portions, and

corners that cannot be reached by the grinding machine. The honed surface

of finished terrazzo must show not less than 70 percent of the area as

exposed aggregate evenly distributed, and conform in appearance to the

approved samples. Finished thickness of terrazzo topping must be a minimum

of 13 mm (1/2 inch).]

3.2.5.1 Rough Grinding

Page 154: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 13 Page 10

After topping has cured, machine gring the terrazzo using the wet method, to

a true even surface using No. 24 or finer grit followed by No. 80 grit or

finer grit stone. Finish floor surface must not vary by more than 2

mm/meter (1/4 inch in 10 feet).

3.2.5.2 Grouting

After rough grinding, cleanse and rinse the floor with clean water. After

removing excess rinse water, grout the floor using identical portland

cement, color and pigments as used in the topping taking care to fill voids.

After the grout has attained its initial set, cure the surface for a minimum

of 72 hours.

3.2.5.3 Fine Grinding

After grout has cured, gring the surface with fine grit stones until all

grout is removed from the surface. Upon completion of grinding, the

terrazzo flooring must show a minimum of 70 percent of marble chips. Submit

two 150 x 150 mm (6 x 6 inch) (minimum) samples of each color of terrazzo

3.3 CLEANING AND SEALING

Wash the terrazzo with a neutral cleaner and, where required, clean with a

fine abrasive to remove stains or cement smears. Rinse the cleaned surface.

When dry, apply a terrazzo sealer in accordance with the manufacturer's

directions.

3.4 PROTECTION

cover and protect the terrazzo work from damage until completion of the work

of all other trades.

-- End of Section --

Page 155: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 66 16 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseded

UFGS-09 66 16 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 66 16

TERRAZZO FLOOR TILE

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for cast marble or granite terrazzo tile

of various sizes and thicknesses).

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

Page 156: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 2

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C109/C109M (2016a) Standard Test Method for Compressive

Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using

2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens)

ASTM C501 (1984; R 2015) Relative Resistance to Wear of

Unglazed Ceramic Tile by the Taber Abraser

ASTM C97/C97M (2015) Absorption and Bulk Specific Gravity

of Dimension Stone

ASTM D2047 (2011) Static Coefficient of Friction of

Polish-Coated Floor Surfaces as Measured by

the James Machine

ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical

Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using

a Radiant Heat Energy Source

ASTM E84 (2016) Standard Test Method for Surface

Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

Page 157: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 3

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Terrazzo Tile; G[, [_____]]

SD-03 Product Data

Terrazzo Tile

Adhesive

Installation

SD-04 Samples

Terrazzo Tile

Page 158: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 4

Terrazzo Base

Metal Edge Strips

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Manufacturer's Maintenance Instructions; G[, [_____]]

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Terrazzo Tile; S

Indoor Air Quality for Adhesive; S

Warranty

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Installer must possess, to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer, the

technical qualifications, experience, trained personnel, and facilities to

properly install the specified items.

[1.4 CERTIFICATIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include the following section where these

products are used on the interior of the building

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).

***************************************************************************

1.4.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

1.4.1.1 Adhesives and Sealants

Adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of

the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.

Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.

]1.45 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original unopened

containers marked with the manufacturer's brand name, color, and pattern.

Store materials delivered and placed in storage protected from damage,

weather, humidity and temperature variation, dirt and dust, or other

contaminants. Temperature of storage area must not be lower than 10 degrees

C (50 degrees F) or higher than 32 degrees C (90 degrees F).

1.56 SITE CONDITIONS

Do not install tiles until other work that could cause damage to the

finished flooring has been completed. Maintain a temperature of not less

than 21 degrees C (70 degrees F) in all areas where tile is to be installed

Page 159: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 5

for a period of not less than [48] [_____] hours before, during and after

laying of tiles. Bring tiles into installation areas and allow to condition

at not less than 21 degrees C (70 degrees F) for a period of [48] [_____]

hours prior to installation. After installation of tiles, maintain a

minimum temperature of 13 degrees C (55 degrees F).

1.67 WARRANTY

Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that

extend beyond a one year period.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Terrazzo Floor Tile Materials

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

***************************************************************************

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 STANDARD PRODUCTS

Provide materials which are the standard products of a manufacturer

regularly engaged in the manufacture of the material and that essentially

duplicate products that have been in satisfactory use at least 2 years prior

to bid opening.

Page 160: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 6

2.23 TERRAZZO TILE

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Designer will select the chip requirements and

also determine whether flexible or rigid resin is

required, or give the Contractor the options. The

source of the aggregate will directly impact the look

of the tile.

Coordinate with manufacturer's data of terrazzo tile

when determining the patterns, styles, sizes and

thicknesses of tiles.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Research shows the product is commonly available with

the minimum recycled content percentages shown below.

Based on research, insert desired minimum percentages

into the empty set of brackets.

***************************************************************************

provide Provide terrazzo tile of the indicated colors and consisting of

[marble] [or] [granite] chips embedded in a [flexible] [or] [rigid]

thermoset resin matrix. Submit drawings indicating pattern, size, style,

and color of tiles and two 150 by 150 mm (6 by 6 inch) minimum samples of

each color and pattern of terrazzo tile to be used. Tiles must be [5]

[_____] mm ([3/16] [_____] inch) thick and nominal [300 by 300] [_____] mm

([12 by 12] [_____] inches). Provide tiles with a [polished] [polished and

[honed] [textured]] [honed] [textured] finish with uniform color

distribution of chips. [Grade marble chips to [16] [6] mm ([5/8] [1/4]

inch) maximum size.] [Granite chips must be manufacturer's standard

gradation.] Provide tile with the following properties:

TERRAZZO TILE PROPERTIES

PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE

Compressive Strength ASTM C109/C109M 20 MPa 3000 psi minimum

Water Absorption ASTM C97/C97M 0.7 percent maximum

Abrasive Wear ASTM C501 Index 28

Coefficient of Friction ASTM D2047 0.5 wet

Page 161: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 7

TERRAZZO TILE PROPERTIES

PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE

Flame Spread ASTM E84 Class A

Critical Radiant Flux ASTM E648 Class I

[

Provide Terrazzo Tile with [50][100][_____] percent recycled aggregate.

Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content for terrazzo tile.]

2.34 ADHESIVE

Adhesive must be flooring manufacturer's standard product or a product

recommended by the manufacturer. Submit documentation from manufacturer

indicating that the materials conform to the specified requirements and

flooring manufacturer's approval of underlayment, adhesive, and cleaners.

Adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of

the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for adhesive.

2.45 TERRAZZO BASE

Provide terrazzo base of colors as indicated, meeting the requirements of

paragraph TERRAZZO TILE and being a manufacturer's standard product.

Base/strips shall be [10] [19] mm thick by [_____] mm wide by [_____] mm

long ([3/8] [3/4] inch thick by [_____] inch wide by [_____] inch long).

Base/strips shall have [polished] [honed] [textured] finish. Submit two 100

mm (4 inch) long samples of each type and color of trim pieces.

2.56 TERRAZZO STRIPS

Provide terrazzo strips of colors as indicated, meeting the requirements of

paragraph TERRAZZO TILE and being a manufacturer's standard product. Strips

must be [_____] mm high by [_____] mm wide by [_____] mm long ([3/8] [3/4]

inch high by [_____] inch wide by [_____] inch long). Strips must have

[polished] [honed] [textured] finish. Submit two 100 mm (4 inch) long

samples of each type and color of trim pieces.

2.67 METAL EDGE STRIPS

Metal edge strips must be extruded aluminum, butt type, approximately 40 mm

(1-1/2 inches) wide with thickness to set top surface flush with top of tile

and with bevel at exposed edge. Edge strips must have countersunk holes

near each end and spaced not more than 200 mm (8 inches) on center for

securement. Submit one 150 mm (6 inch) long sample of metal edge strip

2.78 COLOR

Color must be [as indicated] [in accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES

FOR FINISHES] [_____].

Page 162: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 8

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

Install flooring and base on floor surfaces and walls where indicated.

Except as required for installation of new tile, keep traffic new tile for

at least [24] [_____] hours after installation.

3.2 EXAMINATION

After becoming familiar with details of the work, verify dimensions in the

field, and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before

performing the work.

3.3 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION

Fill holes and cracks with mortar. Floors must be free of curing compounds,

grease, dirt, loose particles and other foreign matter that would prevent

adhesion. Chip and grind smooth projecting irregularities. Fill

depressions and level uneven surfaces. Rinse subfloors and allow to dry

prior to applying adhesive.

3.4 MOISTURE TEST

After concrete floor surfaces have been cleaned, spread small patches of

adhesive in several locations in each room or area to receive tile and

allowed to dry overnight. If the adhesive can be peeled easily from the

floor surfaces, the surface is not sufficiently dry. Repeat the steps until

the adhesive adheres properly. Do not apply tiles until adhesive adheres

tightly to the floor.

3.5 INSTALLATION

Submit the manufacturer's printed installation instructions for the

conditions indicated.

3.5.1 Tile

Install tile in accordance with the manufacturer's approved installation

instructions, except as specified herein. Lay tile symmetrical about center

lines of rooms or areas. Joints must be tight, inconspicuous as possible,

and in alignment. Cut tile to fit snugly at pipes and other vertical

surfaces. Seal joints at pipes with adhesive. Remove spots or smears of

adhesive immediately. Entire surface of finished tile floor must be smooth,

straight, and free from bleeding adhesive, buckles, waves, or projecting

tile edges upon completion. Bleeding of adhesive on finished floors is

cause for rejection by the Contracting Officer. Remove and replace damaged

or rejected tiles.

3.5.2 Metal Edge Strips

Secure edge strips with No. 10 aluminum alloy, counter-sunk, flathead

machine screws with expansion sleeves. Provide exposed edges of tile with

one-piece metal edge strips.

3.5.3 Terrazzo Base/Strips

Page 163: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 16 Page 9

Terrazzo base/strips must be continuous and adhesively applied. Joints must

be tight and inconspicuous in same manner as floor tile.

3.6 CLEANING

Upon completion of the installation and after adhesive has cured, flooring

shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations.

3.7 PROTECTION

Cover and protect the terrazzo tile work from damage until completion of the

work of all other trades. Remove and replace defects which develop, such as

loose, broken, or curled tiles. Submit [six] [_____] copies of the

Manufacturer's Maintenance Instructions.

-- End of Section --

Page 164: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 66 23 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 66 23 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 66 23

RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for resinous terrazzo flooring and

conductive resinous terrazzo flooring.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The resinous terrazzo floor systems covered by

this guide specification may be used in lieu of

portland cement terrazzo where the light weight of

the thin set system would be advantageous.

The conductive resinous terrazzo flooring is

primarily intended for use in areas where volatile

materials are handled, clean-rooms, parachute

assembly areas, etc. These systems, which have a

wear factor four times better than cementitious

terrazzo and five to six times better than vinyl may

be used, when economically justified, in hard wear

areas where there is a need for a high degree of

cleanliness, a decorative effect, and some chemical

resistance. These systems will not be used over

Page 165: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 2

lightweight concrete and will not be used in lieu of

quarry tile in kitchens.

The selection of a floor system for a location where

resistance to specific conditions is important should

be based upon the ability of the system to withstand

required exposure conditions. For example,

polyesters are suitable where resistance to

detergents is required but should not be used in

laboratory or other areas where spillage of sodium

hydroxide or similar strong alkaline solution occurs;

epoxies should not be used where resistance to

oxidizing acids is required or where resistance to

temperatures in excess of 54 degrees C (130 degrees

F) is required; latex mastic and resin emulsions

should not be used where resistance to strong acids

or alkalis is required. Each job should be evaluated

on its own merits considering exposure conditions,

costs, and local experience with the various systems.

Areas to receive terrazzo will be shown on the

drawings. Color should be shown by specifying a

selected plate number from the NTMA publication,

"Terrazzo Information Guide." Example: NTMA

terrazzo catalog, plate No. S-301-4. Colors selected

may be any combination of standard marble granules of

domestic origin available in the local market, but it

is highly desirable that color combinations be

designated by NTMA color plates.

***************************************************************************

1.1 SUMMARY

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Conductive floors will be used at operations

where explosives having an electrostatic sensitivity

of 0.1 joule or less such as primer, detonator,

igniter, and incendiary mixtures are exposed.

Conductive floors are also required where the

following are performed:

a. Loose unpacked ammo with electric primers.

b. Exposed electro-explosive devices.

c. Electrically initiated items with exposed

electric circuitry.

d. Hazardous materials that could be ignited by

static discharge from humans.

***************************************************************************

Apply resinous terrazzo flooring, in the colors indicated, in the areas

shown on the detail drawings. Submit two 150 x 150 mm (6 x 6 inches),

(minimum) samples of each color of resinous terrazzo and two 150 mm (6

inches) lengths, of each type of strip. Flooring must be [[an epoxy

terrazzo system that conforms to the requirements specified in paragraphs

2.01A and B of NTMA Info Guide][ or ][a polyester terrazzo flooring system

that conforms to the requirements specified in paragraphs 2.01A and B of

NTMA Info Guide.]] [a conductive [epoxy terrazzo system that conforms to the

Page 166: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 3

requirements specified in paragraphs 2.01A, B, and H of NTMA Info Guide.]

[or] [polyester terrazzo flooring system that conforms to the requirements

specified in paragraphs 2.10A, B, and J of NTMA Info Guide].]

1.2 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM D56 (2016a) Standard Test Method for Flash Point

by Tag Closed Cup Tester

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 99 (2015; AMD 2016) Health Care Facilities Code

NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION (NTMA)

NTMA Info Guide (2000) Terrazzo Information Guide

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

Page 167: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 4

1.3 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Detail Drawings; G[, [_____]]

Strips; G[, [_____]]

Page 168: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 5

Control Joint Strips; G[, [_____]]

SD-03 Product Data

Resin

Mixing, Proportioning, and Installation

Cleaning and Sealing

SD-04 Samples

Resinous Terrazzo Flooring

SD-06 Test Reports

Certified Test Reports; G[, [_____]]

SD-07 Certificates

Qualifications of Installer; G[, [_____]]

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Marble Chips; S

Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S

Indoor Air Quality for Resin; S

Indoor Air Quality for Grout; S

Indoor Air Quality for Sealer; S

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Applicator must be approved by the resin manufacturer and shall have a

minimum of 3 years experience in the application of the materials to be used

and must have completed 8 successful installations within the past 2 years.

Furnish a written statement from the manufacturer detailing the

Qualifications of Installer.

[1.5 CERTIFICATIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include the following section where these

products are used on the interior of the building

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).

***************************************************************************

1.5.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

1.5.1.1 Paints and Coatings

Page 169: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 6

Floor primer, resin and sealer products used on the interior of the building

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.5.1.2 Adhesives and Sealants

Grout products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of

the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.

Provide current product certification documentation from certification body.

]1.56 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the project site in manufacturer's original unopened

containers. Keep materials in a clean, dry, area with temperatures

controlled between 10 and 33 degrees C (50 and 90 degrees F).

1.67 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Maintain areas to receive terrazzo at a temperature above 10 degrees C (50

degrees F) for 2 days prior to installation and for 7 days following

installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Resinous Matrix Terrazzo Flooring Materials

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

***************************************************************************

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

Page 170: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 7

]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 PRIMER

Primer must be a material recommended by the resin manufacturer which will

penetrate the pores of the substrate and bond with the topping to form a

permanent monolithic bond between the substrate and the topping. Primer

products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for primer.

2.23 RESIN

Resin for the specified terrazzo flooring must conform to the requirements

shown in NTMA Info Guide. Submit resin manufacturer's descriptive data,

plus mixing, proportioning, and installation instructions. Resin products

used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for resin.

2.34 FILLERS

Fillers, if required, must be inert mineral or cellulosic material as

recommended by the manufacturer and best suited for the resin binder used.

Fillers must be furnished in the quantity necessary to impart the required

color and physical characteristics.

2.45 MARBLE CHIPS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Consider specifying marble chips as recycled

materials. Research shows marble chips are commonly

available from recycling operations. The designer of

Page 171: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 8

record needs to confirm local/regional availability

that does not impact cost effectiveness.

***************************************************************************

Marble chips must be of domestic origin of sizes and colors to match NTMA

Info Guide color plate indicated [on the drawings] [in Section 09 06 00

SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]. Chips must be a range of sizes up to and including

the NTMA Standard No. 0 and Standard No. 1 for 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick floors

and Standard No. 0 through Standard No. 2 for 10 mm (3/8 inch) thick

floors.[

Provide Marble Chips with 100 percent recycled content. Provide data

identifying percentage of recycled content for marble chips.]

2.56 STRIPS

Submit drawings indicating the type, size, and layout of divider strips and

control joint strips.

2.56.1 Divider Strips

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Location of strips will be shown on the

drawings. Strips should be used at logical stops and

expansion joints. Manufacturer's literature should

be reviewed when making selections for strips.

Plastic divider strips and control joint strips

should be used with conductive type terrazzo.

***************************************************************************

Divider strips must be as deep as required, [_____] mm (gauge) and of

[brass] [zinc] [plastic in color as indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES

FOR FINISHES]].

2.56.2 Control Joint Strips

Control joint strips must be as deep as required, [_____] mm (gauge) and of

[brass] [zinc] [plastic in color as indicated [on the drawings] [in Section

09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES]]. Provide neoprene filler [_____] mm

(inches) thick in color as indicated [in Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR

FINISHES].

2.67 GROUT

Grout must be as recommended by the manufacturer of the resin. Grout

products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for grout.

2.78 SEALER

Sealer must have a pH factor between 7 and 10 and must be a penetrating type

specially prepared for use on terrazzo. The sealer must not discolor or

amber the terrazzo and must produce a slip resistant surface. Flash point

Page 172: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 9

of sealer must be a minimum of 27 degrees C (80 degrees F) when tested in

accordance with ASTM D56. Sealer products used on the interior of the

building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of

indoor air quality for sealer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR

Do not commence installation of the floor topping until the concrete

substrate has cured for at least 28 calendar days. Prepare the concrete

surfaces in accordance with the instructions of the resin manufacturer.

3.2 MIXING, PROPORTIONING, AND INSTALLATION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Terrazzo topping thickness will be determined

by the marble chip size indicated in the selected

NTMA-01 color plate referenced in paragraph MARBLE

CHIPS. If the cross-section is less than 10 mm (3/8

inch) the use of No. 1 and No. 0 size chips will be

required. Delete last sentence if resinous terrazzo

bases are not required.

***************************************************************************

Mixing, proportioning, and installing must be in accordance with the

approved instructions of the manufacturer. Install strips in locations

indicated. Appply the topping to give a finish thickness of [6] [10] mm

([1/4] [3/8] inch). Provide cove type bases cast-in-place with 25 mm (1

inch) radius cove and [100] [150] mm ([4] [6] inch) high.

3.3 TESTING

Between 30 and 45 days after flooring installation is completed, and prior

to its use, test the conductive resinous terrazzo flooring in accordance

with paragraph 12-4.1.3.8(b)(7) of NFPA 99. The resistance of the

conductive floor at any one location must be more than 5,000 ohms in areas

with 110 volts service, more than 10,000 ohms in areas with 220 volt

service, and average less than 1,000,000 ohms and more than 25,000 ohms in

all areas. Submit certificates indicating conformance with specified

requirements. Accompany certificates with certified test reports showing

that the conductive resinous terrazzo floor has been tested and meets the

requirements specified.

3.4 CLEANING AND SEALING

Wash the terrazzo with a neutral cleaner and where required, clean with a

fine abrasive to remove any stains or cement smears. Rinse the cleaned

surfaces. When dry, apply a terrazzo sealer in accordance with the

manufacturer's directions. Submit maintenance literature for terrazzo

cleaning and sealing.

3.5 PROTECTION

Page 173: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 66 23 Page 10

cover and protect the terrazzo work from damage until completion of the work

of all other trades.

-- End of Section --

Page 174: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 67 23.14 (August 2016)

------------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 67 23.14 (August 2010)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 67 23.14

CHEMICAL RESISTANT RESINOUS FLOORING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This specification covers the requirements for

trowelled-on industrial resinous flooring, conductive

resinous flooring, and decorative resinous flooring

except resinous terrazzo.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The floor systems covered by this guide

specification are primarily intended for use in

biological laboratories, in similar areas which are

subject to hard wear or spillage of chemicals and

require a high degree of cleanliness, and for

explosive and ammunition facilities.

These systems are for use over normal weight concrete

and will not be used over lightweight concrete. The

selection of a floor system for a location where

resistance to specific chemical conditions is

important should be based upon the ability of the

system to withstand required exposure conditions.

Page 175: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 2

For example, polyesters are suitable for use where

resistance to detergents is required but should not

be used in laboratory or other areas where spillage

of sodium hydroxide or similar strong alkaline

solution occurs; epoxies should not be used where

resistance to oxidizing acids is required or where

resistance to temperatures in excess of 54 degrees C

(130 degrees F) is required. Each job should be

evaluated on its own merits considering exposure

conditions, costs, flammability of materials, and

local experience with the various systems. All

provisions relating to the systems not selected will

be deleted.

Check other sections of the specifications to ensure:

1. No vermiculite or perlite aggregates in concrete

substrates.

2. No curing compounds or sealers on concrete

substrates.

3. New concrete receives single trowelled finish;

and no burnished finishes.

4. Vapor barrier is provided under all concrete

slabs-on-grade.

5. Only exterior grade plywood on new plywood

substrates. No interior grade or interior grade with

exterior glue. Plywood is nailed with annular ring

or spiral nails only.

6. No dimension lumber substrate in new

construction; when existing lumber substrates are to

be covered, overlay with 50 by 50 mm (2 by 2 inch)

mesh hardware cloth.

On the drawings, show:

1. Location of resinous flooring. If more than one

type is to be used, key each to location on the

drawings.

2. Details of special items such as coved bases,

expansion joints, control joints, stairs, and floor

drains.

3. Details for grounding of conductive floors.

***************************************************************************

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

Page 176: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 3

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C307 (2003; R 2012) Tensile Strength of Chemical-

Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic

Surfacings

ASTM C413 (2011; R 2012) Absorption of Chemical-

Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic

Surfacings and Polymer Concretes

ASTM C531 (2000; R 2012) Linear Shrinkage and

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-

Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic

Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes

ASTM C579 (2001; R 2012) Compressive Strength of

Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts,

Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes

ASTM C580 (2002; R 2012) Flexural Strength and Modulus

of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars,

Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer

Concretes

ASTM C722 (2004; R 2012) Standard Specification for

Chemical-Resistant Resin Monolithic

Surfacings

ASTM D1308 (2013) Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear

and Pigmented Organic Finishes

ASTM D4060 (2014) Abrasion Resistance of Organic

Coatings by the Taber Abraser

ASTM D4263 (1983; R 2012) Indicating Moisture in

Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method

Page 177: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 4

ASTM E162 (2015b) Surface Flammability of Materials

Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 99 (2015; AMD 2016) Health Care Facilities Code

NATIONAL TERRAZZO AND MOSAIC ASSOCIATION (NTMA)

NTMA Info Guide (2000) Terrazzo Information Guide

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

29 CFR 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Page 178: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 5

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Flooring Systems; G[, [_____]]

SD-03 Product Data

Sealer and Resin; G[, [_____]]

Floor Surfacing; G[, [_____]]

Conductive Sparkproof Flooring; G[, [_____]]

Mixing; G[, [_____]]

Certification

SD-04 Samples

Flooring Systems; G[, [_____]]

SD-06 Test Reports

Testing; G[, [_____]]

SD-07 Certificates

Qualifications of Installer; G[, [_____]]

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Application; G[, [_____]]

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Flooring Systems; G[, [_____]]

Page 179: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 6

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Indoor Air Quality for Primer; S

Indoor Air Quality for Top Coating; S

Indoor Air Quality for Sealer And Resin; S

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.3.1 Qualifications of Installer

Perform installation by an applicator approved by the manufacturer of the

floor surfacing materials. Furnish a written statement from the

manufacturer detailing the Qualifications of Installer.

1.3.2 Shop Drawings

Submit drawings indicating the type and layout of the flooring system for

approval.

[1.4 CERTIFICATIONS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include the following section where these

products are used on the interior of the building

(defined as inside of the weatherproofing system).

***************************************************************************

1.4.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

Submit required indoor air quality certifications in one submittal package.

1.4.1.1 Paints and Coatings

Floor primer, top coating, resin and sealer products used on the interior of

the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet

either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for

either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification

documentation from certification body.

]1.45 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver the materials to the project site in unopened bags and containers

clearly labeled with the name of the manufacturer, type of material, batch

number, and date of manufacture. Store materials, other than aggregates,

away from fire, sparks, or smoking areas. Maintain the storage area between

10 and 32 degrees C (50 and 90 degrees F).

1.56 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Maintain the ambient room and floor temperatures at 18 degrees C (65 degrees

F), or above, for a period extending from 48 hours before installation until

one week after installation. Cure concrete for at least 28 days and keep it

free of water for at least 7 days prior to receiving surfacing in accordance

Page 180: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 7

with ASTM D4263. Measure and insure moisture content of wood substrates

between 8 and 10 percent prior to application.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

2.1.1 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 MATERIALS

Provide materials (except aggregate) used in the flooring from a single

manufacturer. Furnish and install [trowel applied type epoxy finish of 6 mm

(1/4 inch) thickness with properties and chemical resistance conforming to

the requirements specified in NTMA Info Guide.] [trowel or spray applied

[1.6 mm (1/6 inch)] [3.17 mm (1/8 inch)] [6.35 mm (1/4 inch)] thick, epoxy,

polyester, or other resinous material conforming to ASTM C722 with [Type A

surfacings (chemical resistance and moderate to heavy traffic resistance)]

[Type B surfacings (mild chemical resistance and severe thermal shock

stability)]] resin-based flooring. Meet the following material

requirements:

2.12.1 Primer

Type recommended by the manufacturer to penetrate into the pores of the

substrate and bond with the floor surfacing matrix to form a permanent

monolithic bond between substrate and surfacing matrix. Primer products

used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the

weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH

SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or classroom spaces

regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113.

Provide certification validation of indoor air quality for primer.

2.12.2 Aggregate

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select the desired colors for colored quartz

from the following and specify the percentage of each

color in the mixture; white, grey, brown, buff,

green, and red.

Use first bracketed sentence when industrial resinous

and conductive industrial resinous flooring are

required (biological laboratories, industrial

Page 181: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 8

facilities, clean rooms, laundries, and other areas

subject to hard wear or spillage). Use second

bracketed sentence when decorative floor is desired

and floor is subject to spillage or requires high

degree of cleanliness (gang showers, clean rooms,

laundries, laboratories, and small kitchens where

quarry tile is not economically feasible).

***************************************************************************

Provide [silica sand, quartz, granite, or other suitable chemical resistant

material having a Mohr's hardness of not less than 6.0] [angular,

translucent quartz covered with a colored inorganic coating as [indicated]

[selected from manufacturer's standard aggregates]] aggregate.

2.12.3 Binder

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Delete unsuitable matrix or matrices in

accordance with the following:

Do not use latex or resin emulsion matrices where

maximum resistance to solvents, strong acid or

alkaline solutions is required; where high stain

resistance is required; where maximum resistance to

compressive loads and indentation are required; or

where colored quartz decorative aggregate is

specified.

Do not use epoxy matrix where resistance to strong

oxidizing acid solutions is required; where maximum

fire resistance is required; where subject to

prolonged temperatures in excess of 54 degrees C (130

degrees F); where frequently exposed to steam or

boiling liquids; where white or light colored quartz

decorative aggregates are specified or where

substrate cannot be thoroughly dried.

Do not use polyester matrix where resistance to

strong alkaline solutions is required; where maximum

fire resistance is required; where maximum slip

resistance is required; where building will be

occupied during installation; or where food stuffs

will be stored within building during installation.

***************************************************************************

Provide [synthetic rubber latex or resin emulsion] [thermo-setting epoxy]

[or] [medium reactive nonthixotropic modified polyester] binder.

2.12.4 Fillers

If required, provide inert silica, quartz or other hard aggregate material

fillers as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Furnish fillers in the

quantity necessary to impart the required color and physical

characteristics. Provide a filler containing sufficient fines to obtain an

even-textured, nonslip type of surface on the finished topping.

Page 182: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 9

2.12.5 Top Coating

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Specify clear top coat for decorative

aggregate flooring. Top coatings are available in

light grey, dark grey, red, blue, tan, brown, dark

green, and light green for industrial resinous

floors. Conductive resinous floorings are dark grey

to black and should be specified with conductive

clear top coats only.

***************************************************************************

Furnish [clear] [[_____] color] coating of type recommended by the

manufacturer. Floor top coating products used on the interior of the

building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification validation of

indoor air quality for top coating.

2.23 FLOORING SYSTEMS

Submit cured samples of each floor finish or color combination and Data

Package 1 in accordance with Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

DATA. The complete systems, after curing, must have the following

properties when tested in accordance with the test methods listed for each

property.

2.23.1 Latex or Resinous Emulsion Matrix Floor Surfacing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Resistance to reagents specified in item j. is

required to withstand cleaning agents and spillage

associated with normal use. Where resistance to

specific chemicals associated with laboratories,

plating shops, etc., is required, these chemical

solutions and concentrations should be added to the

lists. Manufacturer's literature should be checked

to assure that the matrix is capable of resistance to

these chemicals.

***************************************************************************

2.23.1.1 Compressive Strength

ASTM C579, 31 MPa (4500 psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.1.2 Tensile Strength

ASTM C307, 4.2 MPa (600 psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.1.3 Flexural Strength

ASTM C580, 5.6 MPa (800 psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.1.4 Thermal Coefficient of Expansion

Page 183: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 10

ASTM C531; 5.5 x 10-4 mm per 100 mm (0.01 mil per inch) per degree C (F)

maximum.

2.23.1.5 Bond Strength

1.4 MPa (200 psi )minimum with 100 percent concrete failure.

2.23.1.6 Flame Spread Index

ASTM E162, 4.0 maximum.

2.23.1.7 Smoke Developed

ASTM E162, 0.4 gm maximum.

2.23.1.8 Abrasion Resistance

ASTM D4060; 30 mg weight loss.

2.23.1.9 Moisture Absorption

ASTM C413; 3.5 percent maximum.

Chemical Resistance

ASTM D1308; no effect when exposed to the following reagents for 7 days:

Acetic Acid: 5 percent solution

Ammonium Hydroxide: 10 percent solution

Citric Acid: 5 percent solution

Coffee

Cola Syrup

Isopropyl Alcohol

Mineral Oil

Sodium Hydroxide: 5 percent solution

Tri-Sodium Phosphate: 5 percent solution

Urea: 6.6 percent solution

2.23.2 Epoxy Matrix Floor Surfacing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The first set of figures in brackets for items

b. and c. represents epoxy and polyester matrix

containing more fillers and extenders and are

suitable for most installations. The second set of

figures in brackets represents high resin content

epoxy and polyester matrices and should be specified

only when higher strengths or increased chemical

resistance is required.

Resistance to reagents specified in item k. is

required to withstand cleaning agents and spillage

associated with normal use. Where resistance to

specific chemicals associated with laboratories,

plating shops, etc., is required, these chemical

solutions and concentrations should be added to the

lists. Manufacturer's literature should be checked

Page 184: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 11

to assure that the matrix is capable of resistance to

these chemicals.

***************************************************************************

2.23.2.1 Compressive Strength

ASTM C579; 64 MPa (10,000 psi )minimum at 7 days.

2.23.2.2 Tensile Strength

ASTM C307; [4.2] [10.3] MPa ([600] [1500] psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.2.3 Flexural Modulus of Elasticity

ASTM C580; [1610] [3215] MPa ([250,000] [500,000] psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.2.4 Thermal Coefficient of Expansion

ASTM C531; 22 by 10-4 mm per 100 mm (0.00004 inches per inch) per degree C

(F) maximum.

2.23.2.5 Shrinkage

ASTM C531; 0.5 percent maximum.

2.23.2.6 Bond Strength

1.9 MPa (300 psi )minimum with 100 percent concrete failure (16 MPa (2500

psi )Compressive Strength Concrete).

2.23.2.7 Flame Spread Index

ASTM E162; 25 maximum.

2.23.2.8 Smoke Deposited

ASTM E162; 4 mg maximum.

2.23.2.9 Abrasion Resistance

ASTM D4060; 15 mg maximum weight loss.

2.23.2.10 Moisture Absorption

ASTM C413; 1.0 percent maximum.

2.23.2.11 Chemical Resistance

ASTM D1308; no effect when exposed to the following reagents for 7 days:

Acetic acid: 5 percent solution

Ammonium Hydroxide: 10 percent solution

Citric Acid: 5 percent solution

Coffee

Cola Syrup

Isopropyl Alcohol

Mineral Oil

Page 185: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 12

Sodium Hydroxide: 5 percent solution

Tri-Sodium Phosphate: 5 percent solution

Urea: 6.6 percent solution

2.23.3 Polyester Matrix Floor Surfacing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: The first set of figures in brackets for items

a., b., c., and e. represents epoxy and polyester

matrix containing more fillers and extenders and are

suitable for most installations. The second set of

figures in brackets represents high resin content

epoxy and polyester matrices and should be specified

only when higher strengths or increased chemical

resistance is required.

Resistance to reagents specified in item q. is

required to withstand cleaning agents and spillage

associated with normal use. Where resistance to

specific chemicals associated with laboratories,

plating shops, etc., is required, these chemical

solutions and concentrations should be added to the

lists. Manufacturer's literature should be checked

to assure that the matrix is capable of resistance to

these chemicals.

***************************************************************************

2.23.3.1 Compressive Strength

ASTM C579; [51] [64] MPa ([8000] [10,000] psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.3.2 Tensile Strength

ASTM C307; [3.8] [10.3] MPa ([600] [1500] psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.3.3 Flexural Modulus of Elasticity

ASTM C580; [3215] [6430] MPa ([500,000] [1,000,000] psi) minimum at 7 days.

2.23.3.4 Thermal Coefficient of Expansion

ASTM C531; 22 by 10-4 mm per 100 mm (0.00004 inches per inch) per degree C

(F) maximum.

2.23.3.5 Shrinkage

ASTM C531; [0.6] [1.0] percent maximum.

2.23.3.6 Bond Strength

1.9 MPa (300 psi )minimum with 100 percent concrete failure.

2.23.3.7 Flame Spread Index

ASTM E162; 25 maximum.

Page 186: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 13

2.23.3.8 Smoke Deposited

ASTM E162; 4 gm maximum.

2.23.3.9 Abrasion Resistance

ASTM D4060; no more than 0.025 mm (1.0 mil) loss of thickness.

2.23.3.10 Porosity

ASTM D4060; no more than 8 percent gain in weight and no evidence of

cracking, peeling, blistering, or loss of adhesion.

2.23.3.11 Impact Resistance

ASTM D4060; no evidence of cracking, spalling, or loss of adhesion.

2.23.3.12 Fungistatic and Bacteriostatic Resistance

ASTM D4060; no support for growth of fungus or bacteria.

2.23.3.13 Ultraviolet Light Resistance

ASTM D4060; no evidence of chalking, cracking, peeling, blistering, or loss

of adhesion.

2.23.3.14 Thermal Shock Resistance

ASTM D4060; no evidence of cracking, peeling, blistering, spalling, or loss

of adhesion.

2.23.3.15 Stain Resistance

ASTM D4060; no permanent staining.

2.23.3.16 Adhesion

ASTM D4060; 90 percent failure of concrete substrate.

2.23.3.17 Chemical Resistance

ASTM D1308; no effect when exposed to the following reagents for 7 days.

Acetic Acid: 5 percent solution

Ammonium Hydroxide: 10 percent solution

Citric Acid: 5 percent solution

Coffee

Cola Syrup

Isopropyl Alcohol

Mineral Oil

Sodium Hydroxide: 5 percent solution

Tri-Sodium Phosphate: 5 percent solution

Urea: 6.6 percent solution

2.34 CONDUCTIVE SPARKPROOF FLOORING

***************************************************************************

Page 187: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 14

NOTE: Conductive floors will be used at operations

where explosives having an electrostatic sensitivity

of 0.1 joule or less such as primer, detonator,

igniter, and incendiary mixtures are exposed.

Conductive floors are also required where the

following are performed:

a. Loose unpacked ammo with electric primers.

b. Exposed electro-explosive devices.

c. Electrically initiated items with exposed

electric circuitry.

d. Hazardous materials that could be ignited by

static discharge from humans.

***************************************************************************

Trowel or spray apply conductive sparkproof industrial resin-based flooring

[1.6 mm (1/16 inch)] [3 mm (1/8 inch)] [6 mm (1/4 inch)] thick, epoxy,

polyester, or other resinous material conforming to ASTM C722with [Type A

surfacings (chemical resistance and moderate to heavy traffic resistance)]

[Type B surfacings (mild chemical resistance and severe thermal shock

stability)]. Ground conductive flooring and conform to the requirements for

conductive flooring of NFPA 99.

2.45 SEALER AND RESIN

Provide a sealer product recommended by the industrial resin-based flooring

manufacturer; when applied to the resin topping and dried, it must be

nonslip and resistant to staining and suitable for the type application

indicated. Floor resin and sealer products used on the interior of the

building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certificate validation for Indoor

Air Quality for Sealer and Resin.

2.56 ANTIMICROBIAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include the requirement for this item only on

projects where this additional feature is needed.

***************************************************************************

Treat industrial resin-based flooring to be resistant to fungi and bacteria.

2.67 COLOR

Provide color [as indicated] [in accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES

FOR FINISHES] [_____].

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Resinous floor systems should not be installed

over existing resilient tile or sheet flooring. If

existing concrete substrates are badly cracked,

Page 188: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 15

crumbling, punky, or deeply contaminated with oil or

fat, a new concrete topping of proper thickness and

strength should be shown and specified. Wood floors

that are poorly supported, badly worn, splinter,

grease or oil soaked should be renovated prior to

application of resinous flooring.

***************************************************************************

[Completely remove existing resilient flooring and adhesive by scraping.]

[Remove all dirt, dust, debris, and other loose particles by sweeping or

vacuum cleaning.] Protect adjacent surfaces not scheduled to receive the

flooring by masking, or by other means, to maintain these surfaces free of

the flooring material.

[3.1.1 Concrete Surfaces

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Proper preparation of substrate is essential

for satisfactory performance of resinous floor

systems. Existing concrete floors should be

carefully inspected to determine condition. Based on

inspection, select most suitable surface treatment:

Surface Condition Surface Preparation Required

New Concrete Acid etching and air drying

Old Concrete

Acid contaminated Neutralize with hot alkaline cleaner,

acid etching, and air drying

Oil, fat or wax contaminated Mechanical cleaning or steam cleaning

Alkali contaminated Acid etching and air drying

Painted Mechanical cleaning or paint stripping

Adhesive and asphalt contaminated Mechanical cleaning

Dust and dirt contaminated Mechanical cleaning

Form oil, sealer or curing compound

contaminated

Mechanical cleaning

NOTE: Select the applicable paragraph(s) from the

following:

***************************************************************************

[3.1.1.1 Mechanical Cleaning

Completely remove dirt, wax, paint, laitance, and [_____] by grinding with a

terrazzo machine, sanding with coarse open grid sandpaper, sand blasting,

chipping, bush hammering, or wire brushing.

Page 189: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 16

][3.1.1.2 Steam Cleaning

Completely remove all animal fats, grease, oil, wax, and [_____] using a

high pressure steam cleaner equipped with a soap injection system. Scrape

the surface to remove any build-up of debris. Then thoroughly saturate the

surface with hot caustic solution. Allow the solution to remain on the

floor for 15 to 20 minutes. Apply steam, with caustic, over the presoaked

area until all contamination is removed. Leach the caustic residue from the

surface using one or more applications of steam without caustic. Flush the

floor with warm water.

][3.1.1.3 Paint Stripping

Brush or spray on a paint stripping material that has been demonstrated to

effectively remove the paint. Leave the stripping material on the surface

until the paint has softened or blistered. Remove paint by scraping,

brushing, or wiping. Rinse the surface in accordance with the stripping

material manufacturer's recommendations. Avoid strippers containing toxic

methylene chloride.

][3.1.1.4 Acid Etching

Apply a 10 percent solution of muriatic acid at a rate of one L/square meter

(one quart/each 10 square feet) of concrete surface. Allow the solution to

stand until it stops bubbling but not less than 5 minutes. Remove the acid

and wash the surfaces several times, as required, to remove all traces of

the acid. Always dilute acid by pouring into water. Use face shield rubber

gloves, and other safety equipment when using acids, alkalis, or solvents.

][3.1.1.5 Air Drying

After cleaning, allow concrete surface to air dry thoroughly prior to

application of surfacing. Blowers or oil free compressed air may be used.

Do not use flame-drying methods. Prior to application of surfacing, test

concrete surface for excessive moisture in at least two locations. Place

rubber mats at each location with smooth side against concrete and place

weight on top of mat to hold in position and ensure contact with concrete.

Polyethylene with all edges taped may be used in lieu of mats. After 8

hours remove mat or sheeting and examine floor surface for moisture

accumulation. If tests indicate accumulation of moisture at either

location, perform additional air drying until additional tests show no

moisture accumulation.

]]3.1.2 Plywood

For new plywood substrates, provide exterior grade plywood with exterior

grade glue nailed with annular ring or spiral nails. Sand the plywood to

remove all latent contaminants. Sweep or vacuum surfaces to remove all

sanding debris. Tape joints with 100 mm (4 inch) wide glass fiber

reinforced tape.

3.1.3 Ceramic Tile

Remove all fats, oils, grease, or soap scum using a caustic solution of one

kg (one pound) of caustic soda to 8.3 L (one gallon) of water. Allow the

solution to stand on the surface for at least one hour then scrub with steel

brushes or steel wool. Mop up the caustic solution, neutralize it with a 10

Page 190: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 17

percent muriatic acid solution, and thoroughly rinse the residue from the

surface. Test glazed tile a deglazing agent as recommended by the flooring

manufacturer and sanded or acid etched to roughen the surface sufficiently

to obtain a good bond. Sweep or vacuum surfaces to remove all sanding

debris. Use face shield, rubber gloves, and other safety equipment when

using acids, alkalis, or solvents.

3.1.4 Substrate Cracks, Spalls, Joints, and Depressions

Fill all cracks, joints, spalls, and other depressions in the substrate with

a latex underlayment, as recommended by the manufacturer compatible with the

floor surfacing material.

3.2 MIXING

Proportion and mix the floor surfacing components in accordance with the

manufacturer's instructions. Submit flooring manufacturer's descriptive

data, mixing, proportioning, and installation instructions. Include

maintenance literature for resinous flooring.

3.3 APPLICATION

Submit complete instructions for application of flooring system including

any precautions or special handling instructions required to comply with

OSHA 29 CFR 1910-Subpart Z. Apply primer, floor surfacing, and seal coat in

accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following

requirements.

3.3.1 Primer

Apply primer uniformly over the entire area to receive floor surfacing using

clean rubber squeegees or clean steel trowels. Do not allow primer to

collect in depressions. Allow primer to dry thoroughly before the next coat

is applied. Reprime porous areas or areas where primer has dried.

3.3.2 Floor Surfacing

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Specify desired thickness of resinous

flooring. Latex and resinous emulsion matrix

flooring should be installed 6, 10 and 13 mm (1/4,

3/8, and 1/2 inch) thick for light, medium, and heavy

duty traffic. Epoxy and polyester matrix flooring

should be installed 3, 5 and 6 mm (1/8, 3/16, and 1/4

inch) thick for light, medium, and heavy duty

traffic.

Use first bracketed option requiring continuous floor

installation only if structural floor control joints

have been located out of floor area.

***************************************************************************

Apply mixed surfacing material to provide a finish floor surfacing not less

than [_____] mm (inch) thick. The entire surfacing in any one room or area

must be [placed in one continuous operation without use of cold joints or

divider strips] [one continuous operation except for placement of divider

strips at structural floor control joints or as indicated]. All surfaces

Page 191: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 67 23.14 Page 18

must be flush, true to plane and line, and level within 2 mm in one meter

(1/4 inch in 10 feet).

3.3.3 Seal Coat

Apply seal coat uniformly covering all surfaces after floor surfacing has

cured and as recommended by the supplier.

3.4 TESTING

***************************************************************************

NOTE: For explosive and ammunition facilities and

other facilities requiring conductive sparkproof

industrial resinous flooring, edit the following

paragraphs. Omit when not required.

***************************************************************************

Submit reports of tests for conductive sparkproof flooring, including

analysis and interpretation of test results. Properly identify each report.

Identify and record the test methods used.

3.4.1 Electrical Resistance

Test the flooring between 30 and 45 days after flooring installation is

completed, and prior to its use, in accordance with paragraph 12-

4.1.3.8(b)(7) of NFPA 99. The resistance of the floor at any one location

must be more than 5,000 ohms in areas with 110 volts service, more than

10,000 ohms in areas with 220 volt service, and average less than 1,000,000

ohms and more than 25,000 ohms in all areas. Perform tests using a

technician experienced in such work.

3.4.2 Spark Resistance

Test the floor for spark resistance by stroking the floor vigorously with a

300 mm (12 inch) hardened steel file in a 914.4 mm (3 foot) arc. Perform

the test for each 7.43 square meters (80 square feet) of floor area.

Perform the tests in a darkened space and only when the relative humidity of

the atmosphere within the space does not exceed 50 percent. The floor must

not produce a spark when tested under these conditions.

3.5 PROTECTION

Allow surfacing to set for a minimum period of 48 hours before traffic is

allowed on the floor. Protect finished flooring from traffic by covering

with 13.5 kg (30 pound) building paper or other equally effective means

until final acceptance of the project.

-- End of Section --

Page 192: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 68 00 (August 2016)

-------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 68 00 (November 2013)

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 68 00

CARPETING

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for broadloom carpet, modular tile

carpet, and entrance carpet.

This section is intended for floor coverings only,

and should not be used to specify carpeting installed

on wall or ceiling surfaces. Where carpeting is to

be used on surfaces other than floors, refer to

Section 09 72 00 WALLCOVERINGS.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Carpet containing recovered material is

designated in 40 CFR 247.12 and subsequent Recovered

Materials Advisory Notices (RMAN) as an affirmative

procurement item. Designers should give preference

to products containing recycled, recovered and/or

biobased or rapidly renewable material when price,

performance, and availability meet project

requirements.

Page 193: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 2

Options to consider include:

1) Recycled or recovered materials:

a. Use of polyester carpet fiber face, polyethylene

terephthalate resin. (A justification is required

when polyester fiber is specified in lieu of

polyethylene terephthalate (PET) fiber).

b. Use of carpet cushion containing recovered

materials.

c. Use of nylon fiber with recycled content.

d. Use of triexta (PTT) fiber with recycled

content.

e. Use of triexta (PTT) carpet with backing

containing recycled content.

f. Use of nylon carpet with backing containing

recovered carpet.

g. Use of a program that reconditions and restores

old carpet for re-use.

h. Use of programs to send old carpet and existing

carpet waste back to mills for recycling, rather than

to landfills.

2) Biobased or rapidly renewably materials: Use of

triexta (PTT) fiber with biobased or rapidly

renewable content.

Edit paragraph Physical Characteristics within this

section and Section 02 41 00 {DEMOLITION} {AND}

{DECONSTRUCTION} as necessary. If submittals are

added or deleted in the SUBMITTALS paragraph, make

sure the description of the submittal in the text

(corresponding paragraph) is also revised

accordingly.

***************************************************************************

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

Page 194: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 3

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF TEXTILE CHEMISTS AND COLORISTS (AATCC)

AATCC 107 (2013) Colorfastness to Water

AATCC 134 (2016) Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets

AATCC 16 (2004; E 2008; E 2010) Colorfastness to Light

AATCC 165 (2013) Colorfastness to Crocking: Textile

Floor Coverings - Crockmeter Method

AATCC 174 (2016) Antimicrobial Activity Assessment of

New Carpets

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM D1335 (2012) Standard Test Method for Tuft Bind of

Pile Yarn Floor Coverings

ASTM D1667 (2017) Standard Specification for Flexible

Cellular Materials - Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

Foam (Closed-Cell)

ASTM D297 (2015) Rubber Products - Chemical Analysis

ASTM D3278 (1996; R 2011) Flash Point of Liquids by

Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus

ASTM D3574 (2017) Standard Test Methods for Flexible

Cellular Materials—Slab, Bonded, and Molded

Urethane Foams

ASTM D3676 (2013) Rubber Cellular Cushion Used for

Carpet or Rug Underlay

ASTM D5793 (2013) Binding Sites Per Unit Length or Width

of Pile Yarn Floor Coverings

ASTM D5848 (2010; E 2010) Mass Per Unit Area of Pile

Yarn Floor Coverings

Page 195: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 4

ASTM D6859 (2011) Standard Test Method for Pile

Thickness of Finished Level Pile Yarn Floor

Coverings

ASTM E648 (2017) Standard Test Method for Critical

Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using

a Radiant Heat Energy Source

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE (CRI)

CRI CIS (2011) Carpet Installation Standard

CRI GLP QM (2015) Green Label Plus Quality Manual

GREEN SEAL (GS)

GS-36 (2011) Commercial Adhesives

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)

ISO 2551 (1981) Machine-made Textile Floor Coverings -

Determination of Dimensional Changes Due to

the Effects of Varied Water and Heat

Conditions

SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS (SCS)

SCS SCS Global Services (SCS)Indoor Advantage

SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD)

SCAQMD Rule 1113 (2004) Architectural Coatings

SCAQMD Rule 1168 (1989; R 2005) Adhesive and Sealant

Applications

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

16 CFR 1630 Standard for the Surface Flammability of

Carpets and Rugs (FF 1-70)

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 2818 (2013) GREENGUARD Certification Program For

Chemical Emissions For Building Materials,

Finishes And Furnishings

WOOLMARK COMPANY (WBI)

Page 196: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 5

Woolmark (1964) Certification for Use of 100 Percent

Wool

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Installation Drawings; G[, [_____]]

Page 197: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 6

Moldings; G[, [_____]]

SD-03 Product Data

Carpet; G[, [_____]]

Carpet Cushion; G[, [_____]]

Moldings; G[, [_____]]

Physical Characteristics

SD-04 Samples

Carpet; G[, [_____]]

Moldings; G[, [_____]]

Carpet Cushion; G[, [_____]]

SD-06 Test Reports

Moisture and Alkalinity Tests; G[, [_____]]

SD-07 Certificates

Indoor Air Quality

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Surface Preparation

Installation

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Carpet; G[, [_____]]

Cleaning and Protection; G[, [_____]]

Maintenance Service

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Carpeting; S

Recycled Content for Fiber Cushion; S

Recycled Content for Rubber Cushion; S

Recycled Content for Polyurethane-Foam Cushion; S

Indoor Air Quality for Carpet; S

Indoor Air Quality for Fiber Cushion; S

Indoor Air Quality for Rubber Cushion; S

Page 198: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 7

Indoor Air Quality for Polyurethane-Foam Cushion; S

Indoor Air Quality for Aerosol Adhesives; S

Indoor Air Quality for Non-Aerosol Adhesives; S

Indoor Air Quality for Concrete Primer; S

Warranty

1.3 CERTIFICATIONS

1.3.1 Indoor Air Quality Certifications

1.3.1.1 Floor Covering Materials

Provide carpet and cushion products certified to meet indoor air quality

requirements by UL 2818 (GreenGuard) Gold, SCS Global Services Indoor

Advantage Gold, CRI GLP QM or provide certification or validation by other

third-party program that products meet the requirements of this

paragraphSection. Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION

01350. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.3.1.2 Paints and Coatings

Concrete primer products used on the interior of the building (defined as

inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

1.3.1.3 Adhesives and Sealants

Sealants and non-aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the

building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. Aerosol adhesive products used on the

interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)

must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)

or VOC content requirements of GS-36. Provide current product certification

documentation from certification body.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the site in the manufacturer's original wrappings and

packages clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, brand name, size, dye

lot number, and related information. Remove materials from packaging and

store them in a clean, dry, well ventilated area (100 percent outside air

supply, minimum of 1.5 air changes per hour, and no recirculation),protected

from damage, soiling, and moisture, and strong contaminant sources and

residues, and maintain at a temperature above 16 degrees C (60 degrees F)

for 2 days prior to installation. Do not store carpet or carpet tiles with

Page 199: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 8

materials which have high emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or

other contaminants, including paints and adhesives. Do not store carpet

near materials that may off gas or emit harmful fumes, such as kerosene

heaters, fresh paint, or adhesives.

1.5 AMBIENT CONDITIONS

Maintain areas in which carpeting is to be installed at a temperature above

16 degrees C (60 degrees F) and below 32 degrees C (90 degrees F) for 2 days

before installation, during installation, and for 2 days after installation.

Provide temporary ventilation during work of this section. Maintain a

minimum temperature of 13 degrees C (55 degrees F) thereafter for the

duration of the contract.

1.6 WARRANTY

Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties

including minimum ten year wear warranty, two year material and workmanship

and ten year tuft bind and delamination.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

[2.1.1 Recycled Content for Carpeting Materials

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements. A resource that can be used to identify

products with recycle content is the "Comprehensive

Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page within the EPA's

website at http://www.epa.gov. Other products with

recycled content are also acceptable when meeting all

requirements of this specification.

***************************************************************************

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

]2.1.2 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Page 200: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 9

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 CARPET

***************************************************************************

NOTE: If more than one carpet type is required for a

project, use a separate paragraph for each carpet

type. Designate each carpet type with a letter or

number symbol. Use the same designations to key

carpets to locations on the drawings and in Section

09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES.

ADA Requirements: Carpet must be securely attached;

have a firm cushion, or backing, or no cushion; and

have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or

level cut/uncut pile texture. The maximum thickness

should be 13 mm (1/2 inch). Fasten exposed edges of

carpet to floor surfaces and have trim along the

entire length of the exposed edge.

Nylon fiber is typically abrasion resistant and

durable in all pile configurations using filament

fiber, has good stain removal characteristics, and is

recommended for commercial installations.

Triexta (PTT) fiber is recommended for both

commercial and residential installations. For

commercial installations, triexta offers excellent

durability, resiliency and crush resistance that is

suited for high-traffic areas. Permanent stain

resistance, bleach resistance and colorfastness built

right into the fiber, make triexta carpets easy to

clean and will extend the life of a commercial

carpet. Residential installations will benefit from

these attributes as well as softness and comfort

under foot. Additionally, some triexta fibers

contribute to the biobased material requirement.

Polyethylene terephthalate (PET) recycled polyester

fiber has permanent fade resistance, is permanently

colorfast, has a permanent stain resistance which is

higher than other type fibers, is impervious to harsh

chemicals, and has the lowest static buildup. PET

type polyester carpet, once crushed under continued

high pressure, is less likely than nylon carpet to

rebound. PET carpet is not recommended for severe

and moderate wear level areas and should be limited

to light wear areas.

Page 201: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 10

Wool is a natural fiber, which is inherently flame

resistant, forming a char that will neither melt nor

drip. Wool is also rapidly renewable and resilient,

and due to the scaly character of its fiber it

scatters optical light, thus reducing soiling

visibility. Wool is highly recommended for shipboard

use due to it being inherently flame resistant.

Wool, cotton, jute, hemp and sisal carpets may not

meet accepted performance requirements of commercial

carpet. Verify suitability, availability and

adequate competition before specifying these

products.

Flexible and modular components, like carpet tile,

reduce the labor and materials costs related to

operations and maintenance, churn, and future

renovations.

Continuous dye process uses two to three times less

water than batch dyeing during manufacture.

***************************************************************************

Furnish first quality carpet; free of visual blemishes, streaks, poorly dyed

areas, fuzzing of pile yarn, spots or stains, and other physical and

manufacturing defects. Provide carpet materials and treatments as

reasonably nonallergenic and free of other recognized health hazards.

Provide a static control construction on all grade carpets which gives

adequate durability and performance. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and

printed documentation stating physical characteristics, durability,

resistance to fading, and flame resistance characteristics for each type of

carpet material and installation accessory. Submit manufacturer's catalog

data for 1) Carpet, 2) Carpet Cushion, and 3) Moldings. Also, submit

samples of the following:

a. Carpet: [Two] [_____] "Production Quality" samples 450 by 450 mm (18

by 18 inches) of each carpet proposed for use, showing quality,

pattern, and color specified

b. Moldings: [Two] [_____] pieces of each type at least 300 mm (12

inches) long

c. Special Treatment Materials: [Two] [_____] samples showing system and

installation method

2.12.1 Recycled Content

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements. A resource that can be used to identify

Page 202: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 11

products with recycled content is the "Comprehensive

Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page within the EPA's

website at http://www.epa.gov. Other products with

recycled content are also acceptable when meeting all

requirements of this specification.

Research shows the product is available among US

national manufacturers above the minimum recycled

content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers

and regions have higher percentages. Based on

research, insert desired minimum percentages into the

empty set of brackets.

***************************************************************************

Carpeting must contain a minimum of [20][40][_____] percent post-consumer

recycled content, or a minimum of [20][40][_____] percent post-industrial

recycled content. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content

for carpeting.

Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for carpet.

2.12.2 Physical Characteristics for [Broadloom][Modular Tile][Entrance]

Carpet

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Copy this paragraph if more than one carpet is

specified.

***************************************************************************

2.12.2.1 Carpet Construction

[Tufted] [Woven] [Bonded] [Needlebond] [Needle Felt] [_____]

2.12.2.2 Type

[Broadloom [3.6] [1.8] m ([12] [6] feet) minimum usable carpet width [with

exception of corridors] [and] [stairs] [_____].][Modular tile [450 by 450]

[500 by 500] [600 by 600] mm square ([18 by 18] [20 by 20] [24 by 24] inch

square) with 0.15 percent growth/shrink rate in accordance with ISO 2551.]

[Entrance [450 by 450] [_____] mm ([18 by 18] [_____] inch) square [3.6]

[1.8] m ([12] [6] feet) width [_____] mat size.] [See Section [09 69 13

RIGID GRID ACCESS FLOORING][ and ][09 69 19 STRINGERLESS ACCESS FLOORING]

for size required for a one to one alignment with raised access floor

panels.]

2.12.2.3 Pile Type

[Level-loop] [Multilevel loop] [Cut and loop] [Frieze] [Cut pile] [Random

sheared] [Level tip shear]

2.12.2.4 Pile Fiber

Commercial 100 percent branded (federally registered trademark) [nylon

continuous filament] [nylon staple] [triexta or PTT] [wool with Woolmark

certification] [wool blend with Wool Bureau certification] [_____].

Page 203: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 12

2.12.2.5 Gauge or Pitch

Minimum [_____] mm (inch) in accordance with ASTM D5793

2.12.2.6 Stitches or Rows/Wires

Minimum [_____] per square meter (square inch)

2.12.2.7 Surface Pile Weight

Minimum [_____] kg/square meter (ounces per square yard). This does not

include weight of backings. Determine weight in accordance with ASTM D5848.

2.12.2.8 Pile Thickness

Minimum [_____] mm (inch) in accordance with ASTM D6859

2.12.2.9 Pile Density

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Pile Density = 36 x Pile Weight/Pile

Thickness.

***************************************************************************

Minimum [_____]

2.12.2.10 Dye Method

[Solution dyed] [Stock dyed] [Yarn (or Skein) dyed] [Piece dyed] [Space dye]

[Continuous dye]

2.12.2.11 Backing Materials

Provide primary backing materials like [those customarily used and accepted

by the trade for each type of carpet] [polypropylene] [synthetic material]

[synthetic material] [rubber] [jute] [cotton] [_____]. Provide secondary

backing to suit project requirements of those customarily used and accepted

by the trade for each type of carpet.

2.12.2.12 Attached Cushion

Provide an attached cushion [chemically frothed polyurethane with minimum

weight of 0.610 kg/sq. m (18 oz/sq. yard), minimum density of 176 kg/cubic m

(11 lb/cubic foot)] [mechanically frothed polyurethane with minimum weight

of 0.745 kg/sq. m (22 oz/sq. yard), minimum density of 224 kg/cubic m (14

lb/cubic foot), minimum thickness of 2.5 mm (0.100 inch), and maximum

compression resistance of 34.5 kPa (5 psi), and compression set of 15

percent in accordance with ASTM D3676]. Do not exceed the maximum ash

content of 50 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D297. Pass the

accelerated aging test in accordance with [ASTM D3676] [ASTM D1667] for the

cushion.

2.23 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

2.23.1 Static Control

***************************************************************************

Page 204: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 13

NOTE: Specify static control to meet project

requirements. Installations for critical areas such

as computer rooms will use the 2.0 kV requirements.

Static protected carpets for most commercial

installations are normally rated at 3.5 kV.

***************************************************************************

Provide static control to permanently regulate static buildup to less than

[3.5] [2.0] [_____] kV when tested at 20 percent relative humidity and 21

degrees C (70 degrees F) in accordance with AATCC 134.

2.23.2 Flammability and Critical Radiant Flux Requirements

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Choice of critical radiant flux level as it

applies to building type and area of application will

be made in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA

101. Wherever the use of Class II (0.22) watts

finish is required, Class I (0.45) watts will be

permitted.

***************************************************************************

Comply with 16 CFR 1630. Provide carpet in corridors and exits with a

minimum average critical radiant flux of [0.22] [0.45] watts per square

centimeter when tested in accordance with ASTM E648.

2.23.3 Tuft Bind

Comply with ASTM D1335 for tuft bind force required to pull a tuft or loop

free from carpet backing with a minimum [40 N (10 pound )average force for

loop pile broadloom] [18 N (3 pound )average force for cut pile broadloom]

[36 N (8 pound )average force for modular carpet tile].

2.23.4 Colorfastness to Crocking

Comply dry and wet crocking with AATCC 165 and with a Class 4 minimum rating

on the AATCC Color Transference Chart for all colors.

2.23.5 Colorfastness to Light

Comply colorfastness to light with AATCC 16, Test Option E "Water-Cooled

Xenon-Arc Lamp, Continuous Light" and with a minimum 4 grey scale rating

after 40 hours.

2.23.6 Colorfastness to Water

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include this test when specifying carpet

constructed of yarn dyed fibers.

***************************************************************************

Comply colorfastness to water with AATCC 107 and with a minimum 4.0 gray

scale rating and a minimum 4.0 transfer scale rating.

2.23.7 Delamination Strength

Page 205: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 14

Provide delamination strength for tufted carpet with a secondary back of

minimum 440 N/m (2.5 lbs/inch).

2.23.8 Antimicrobial

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include when required for a specific use such

as child care, dining facilities or hospitals.

***************************************************************************

Nontoxic antimicrobial treatment in accordance with AATCC 174 Part I

(qualitative), guaranteed by the carpet manufacturer to last the life of the

carpet.

2.34 CARPET CUSHION

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Carpet cushions are EPA designated products

for recycled content. Use materials with recycled

content, calculated on the basis of post-industrial

and post-consumer percentage content where

appropriate for use. Designer must vVerify

suitability, availability within the region, cost

effectiveness and adequate competition (including

verification of bracketed percentages included in

this guide specification) before specifying product

recycled content requirements. A resource that can be

used to identify products with recycle content is the

"Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG)" page

within the EPA's website at http://www.epa.gov. Other

products with recycled content are also acceptable

when meeting all requirements of this specification.

Research shows the product is available among US

national manufacturers above the minimum recycled

content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers

and regions have higher percentages. Based on

research, insert desired minimum percentages into the

empty set of brackets.

***************************************************************************

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Select the appropriate carpet cushion.

***************************************************************************

[2.34.1 Fiber Cushion

[Rubberized hair, mothproofed and sterilized] [Rubberized jute [with minimum

40 percent recycled content], mothproofed and sterilized] [Synthetic with

minimum [___] percent recycled content] [Resinated, recycled textile].

[Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content for fiber cushion.

Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for fiber cushion.]

2.34.1.1 Weight

Page 206: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 15

[ ] g/sq.m([ ] oz./sq. yd.)

2.34.1.2 Thickness

[ ] mm([ ] inches) plus 5 percent maximum

2.34.1.3 Density

[ ] kg/cu.m([ ] lb/cu.ft.)

][2.34.2 Rubber Cushion

[Flat][Rippled waffle][Textured flat][Reinforced][, with minimum 60 percent

recycled content. Provide data identifying percentage of recycled content

for rubber cushion.

Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for rubber cushion.]

2.34.2.1 Weight

[ ] g/sq.m([ ] oz./sq. yd.)

2.34.2.2 Thickness

[ ] mm([ ] inches) plus 5 percent maximum

2.34.2.3 Compression Resistance

[ ] kg/sq. mm([ ] lb/sq. in.) at [25][65] percent in accordance with

ASTM D3574.

2.34.2.4 Density

[ ] kg/cu.m([ ] lb/cu.ft.)

][2.34.3 Polyurethane-Foam Cushion

[Grafted prime] [Densified] [Bonded] [Mechanically frothed] [, with minimum

15 percent recycled content. Provide data identifying percentage of

recycled content for polyurethane-foam cushion.

Products must meet emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350. Provide

certification of indoor air quality for polyurethane-foam cushion.]

2.34.3.1 Compression Force Deflection at 65 Percent

[ ] mm([ ] lb/sq.in.) of polymer density in accordance with ASTM

D3574

2.34.3.2 Thickness

[ ] mm([ ] inches) plus 5 percent maximum

2.34.3.3 Density

[ ] kg/cu.m([ ] lb/cu.ft.)

Page 207: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 16

]2.34.4 Performance Requirements - Critical Radiant Flux

Provide carpet cushion in corridors and exits with a minimum average

critical radiant flux of [0.22][0.45] watts per square centimeter when

tested in accordance with ASTM E648.

2.45 ADHESIVES AND CONCRETE PRIMER

Comply with applicable regulations regarding toxic and hazardous materials.

Provide water resistant, mildew resistant, nonflammable, and nonstaining

adhesives and concrete primers for carpet installation as required by the

carpet manufacturer. Provide release adhesive for modular tile carpet as

recommended by the carpet manufacturer. Provide adhesives flashpoint of

minimum 60 degrees C (140 degrees F) in accordance with ASTM D3278. Non-

aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the building (defined as

inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either emissions

requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content requirements of

SCAQMD Rule 1168. Aerosol adhesive products used on the interior of the

building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must meet either

emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either

office or classroom spaces regardless of space type) or VOC content

requirements of GS-36. Provide certification validation of indoor air

quality for aerosol adhesives. Provide certification validation of indoor

air quality for non-aerosol adhesives. Concrete primer products used on the

interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system)

must meet either emissions requirements of CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space type)

or VOC content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1113. Provide certification

validation of indoor air quality for concrete primer.

2.56 MOLDINGS

Provide carpet moldings where floor covering material changes or carpet edge

does not abut a vertical surface. Provide an aluminum molding, pinless

clamp-down type, designed for the type of carpet being installed. Provide

[natural color anodized] [prefinished color [_____] finish. Provide a floor

flange of a minimum 38 mm (1-1/2 inch) wide and face a minimum 16 mm (5/8

inch) wide.] [a heavy-duty [vinyl] [rubber] molding designed for the type of

carpet being installed. Provide floor flange of a minimum [38 mm] ([1 1/2

inches]) wide. Provide [_____] color to match [resilient base] [_____]].

2.67 TAPE

Provide tape for seams as recommended by the carpet manufacturer for the

type of seam used in installation. Seam sealant must have a maximum VOC

content of no more than 50 grams/liter. Do not use sealants that contain

1,1,1-trichloroethane or toluene.

2.78 COLOR, TEXTURE, AND PATTERN

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Coordinate editing of color reference

sentence(s) with the Government. Generally the

Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES or drawings

are used when the project is designed by an Architect

Page 208: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 17

or Interior designer. Select color from

manufacturer's standard colors or identified in this

specification only when the project has minimal

finishes.

When the government directs that color be located in

the drawings, add a note that states: "Where color

is shown as being specific to one manufacturer, an

equivalent color by another manufacturer may be

submitted for approval. Manufacturers and materials

specified are not intended to limit the selection of

equal colors from other manufacturers. The word

"color" as used herein includes surface color and

pattern."

When more than one type, pattern or color is

specified identify location.

When a manufacturer's name, stock number, pattern,

and color is specified for color, be certain that the

product conforms to the specification, as edited.

***************************************************************************

Provide color, texture, and pattern in accordance with [Section 09 06 00

SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES] [the drawings] [_____].

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION

Do not install carpet on surfaces that are unsuitable and will prevent a

proper installation. Prepare subfloor in accordance with flooring

manufacturer's recommended instructions. Repair holes, cracks, depressions,

or rough areas using material recommended by the carpet or adhesive

manufacturer. Free floor of any foreign materials and sweep clean. Before

beginning work, test subfloor with glue and carpet to determine "open time"

and bond. Submit [three] [_____] copies of the manufacturer's printed

installation instructions for the carpet, including preparation of

substrate, seaming techniques, and recommended adhesives and tapes.

3.2 MOISTURE AND ALKALINITY TESTS

Test concrete slab for moisture content and excessive alkalinity in

accordance with CRI CIS. Submit [three] [_____] copies of test reports of

moisture and alkalinity content of concrete slab stating date of test,

person conducting the test, and the area tested.

3.3 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Coordinate need for sealing of concrete slab

with project requirements such as wet conditions

which might occur in hospital care.

***************************************************************************

Do not commence installation of the carpeting until concrete substrate is at

least 90 days old. Prepare the concrete surfaces in accordance with the

Page 209: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 18

carpet manufacturer's instructions. Match carpet, when required, and

adhesives to prevent off-gassing to a type of curing compounds, leveling

agents, and concrete sealer.

3.4 INSTALLATION

Isolate area of installation from rest of building. Perform all work by

manufacturer's approved installers. Conduct installation in accordance with

the manufacturer's printed instructions and CRI CIS. Protect edges of

carpet meeting hard surface flooring with molding and install in accordance

with the molding manufacturer's printed instructions. Use autofoam

mothproofing system for wool carpets. Follow ventilation, personal

protection, and other safety precautions recommended by the adhesive

manufacturer. Continue ventilation during installation and for at least 72

hours following installation. Do not permit traffic or movement of

furniture or equipment in carpeted area for 24 hours after installation.

Complete other work which would damage the carpet prior to installation of

carpet. Submit [three] [_____] copies of installation drawings for 1)

Carpet, 2) Carpet Cushion, and 3) Moldings indicating areas receiving

carpet, carpet types, patterns, direction of pile, location of seams, and

locations of edge molding.

Do not install building construction materials that show visual evidence of

biological growth.

3.4.1 Broadloom Installation

Install broadloom carpet [direct glue down] [pre-applied adhesive glue down]

smooth, uniform, and secure, with a minimum of seams. Apply regular,

unnoticeable, and treated seams with a seam adhesive. Run side seams toward

the light, where practical, and where such layout does not increase the

number of seams. Install breadths parallel, with carpet pile in the same

direction. Match patterns accurately. Neatly cut and fit cutouts, at door

jambs, columns and ducts securely. Locate seams at doorways parallel to and

centered directly under doors. Do not make seams perpendicular to doors or

at pivot points. Provide seams at changes in directions of corridors to

follow the wall line parallel to the carpet direction. Lay the carpet

lengthwise down the corridors with widths less than 1.8 m (6 feet).

3.4.2 Modular Tile Installation

Install modular tiles with [permanent vinyl-compatible] [_____] adhesive and

snug joints. Use [monolithic][1/4 turn][ashlar][brick][random][_____]

installation method. Provide accessibility to the subfloor where required.

[See Section [09 69 13 RIGID GRID ACCESS FLOORING][ and ][09 69 19

STRINGERLESS ACCESS FLOORING] for installation method of carpet tile on

access flooring.]

3.4.3 Entrance Carpet Installation

[Install tiles with [permanent vinyl-compatible] [release] adhesive and snug

joints. Use [monolithic][1/4 turn][ashlar][brick][random] installation

method. ][Install roll goods [direct glue down] [pre-applied adhesive glue

down] and smooth, uniform, and secure, with a minimum of seams. Prepare

regular, unnoticeable, and treated seams with a seam adhesive. Install

breadths parallel, with carpet pile in the same direction. Match patterns

accurately. Neatly cut and fit, securely, cutouts at door jambs, columns,

Page 210: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 19

and ducts. Locate seams at doorways parallel to and centered directly under

doors. Do not make seams perpendicular to doors or at pivot points.] [Cut

mats to specified size and finish them with a tapered vinyl edge that is

glued and sewn on.]

[3.4.4 Stretch-in Installation

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Installation with tack strips (stretch in

method) over cushion can avoid potential adhesive

interaction with carpet backing. It is appropriate

for residential and hospitality settings, in which

rooms are relatively small and separate cushion is

used; but not feasible in large, open spaces.

***************************************************************************

Provide carpet tack strips wherever carpeting abuts vertical surfaces.

Install tackless carpet stripping by nailing. Place carpet cushion face-up,

as recommended by cushion manufacturer, over entire floor area to be

carpeted with joints butted. Do not use adhesives to attach carpet,

cushion, or substrate. Comply with carpet manufacturer's instructions for

installation. Attach rubber or metal edge strip to substrate with adhesive

for transition when carpet meets other flooring materials or to finish

carpet edge when required.

]3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

Submit [three] [_____] copies of carpet manufacturer's maintenance

instructions describing recommended type of cleaning equipment and material,

spotting and cleaning methods, and cleaning cycles.

3.5.1 Cleaning

As specified in Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. After installation of

the carpet, remove debris, scraps, and other foreign matter. Remove soiled

spots and adhesive from the face of the carpet with appropriate spot

remover. Cut off and remove protruding face yarn. Vacuum carpet clean with

a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filtration vacuum.

3.5.2 Protection

Protect the installed carpet from soiling and damage with heavy, reinforced,

nonstaining kraft paper, plywood, or hardboard sheets. Lap and secure edges

of kraft paper protection to provide a continuous cover. Restrict traffic

for at least 48 hours. Remove protective covering when directed by the

Contracting Officer.

3.6 REMNANTS

Manage waste as specified in the Waste Management Plan. [Provide remnants

remaining from the installation, consisting of scrap pieces more than 600 mm

(2 feet) in dimension with more than 0.6 square meters (6 square feet) total

[to the Government] [to local non-profit such as Habitat for Humanity as

directed by the Government]]. [Set aside and return non-retained scraps to

manufacturer for recycling into new product] [Remove non-retained scraps

from site and recycle appropriately].

Page 211: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 68 00 Page 20

3.7 MAINTENANCE

3.7.1 Extra Materials

Provide extra material from same dye lot consisting of [full width

continuous broadloom] [and] [uncut carpet tiles] for future maintenance.

Provide a minimum of [_____] percent of total square meters (square yards)

of each carpet type, pattern, and color.

3.7.2 Maintenance Service

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Maintenance agreements are standard practice

in the building industry. Under a green lease, when

the customer no longer requires the use of the

particular product or requires an updated model, the

manufacturer is obligated to reclaim it and refurbish

it or disassemble it for recycling as appropriate.

***************************************************************************

Collect information from the manufacturer about [maintenance agreement]

[green lease] options, and submit to Contracting Officer. Service must

reclaim materials for recycling and/or reuse. Service must not landfill or

burn reclaimed materials. When such a service is not available, seek local

recyclers to reclaim the materials. Submit documentation of manufacturer's

[maintenance agreement] [take-back program] [green lease] for carpet.

Include contact information, summary of procedures, and the limitations and

conditions applicable to the project. Indicate manufacturer's commitment to

reclaim materials for recycling and/or reuse.

-- End of Section --

Page 212: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 1

***************************************************************************

USACE / NAVFAC / AFCEC / NASA UFGS-09 84 20 (August 2016)

---------------------------

Preparing Activity: USACE Superseding

UFGS-09 83 13

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

References are in agreement with UMRL dated July 2017

***************************************************************************

SECTION 09 84 20

ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS

08/16

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This guide specification covers the

requirements for fabric covered acoustical wall panel

systems.

Adhere to UFC 1-300-02 Unified Facilities Guide

Specifications (UFGS) Format Standard when editing

this guide specification or preparing new project

specification sections. Edit this guide

specification for project specific requirements by

adding, deleting, or revising text. For bracketed

items, choose applicable item(s) or insert

appropriate information.

Remove information and requirements not required in

respective project, whether or not brackets are

present.

Comments, suggestions and recommended changes for

this guide specification are welcome and should be

submitted as a Criteria Change Request (CCR).

***************************************************************************

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

***************************************************************************

NOTE: This paragraph is used to list the

publications cited in the text of the guide

specification. The publications are referred to in

the text by basic designation only and listed in this

paragraph by organization, designation, date, and

title.

Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature

when you add a Reference Identifier (RID) outside of

the Section's Reference Article to automatically

place the reference in the Reference Article. Also

Page 213: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 2

use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature to

update the issue dates.

References not used in the text will automatically be

deleted from this section of the project

specification when you choose to reconcile references

in the publish print process.

***************************************************************************

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the

extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the

basic designation only.

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF TEXTILE CHEMISTS AND COLORISTS (AATCC)

AATCC 16 (2004; E 2008; E 2010) Colorfastness to Light

AMERICAN FOREST FOUNDATION (AFF)

ATFS STANDARDS (2015) American Tree Farm System Standards of

Sustainability 2015-2020

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C423 (2009a) Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption

Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method

ASTM D5034 (2009; R 2013) Breaking Strength and

Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab Test)

ASTM E84 (2016) Standard Test Method for Surface

Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD (CARB)

CARB 93120 (2007) Airborne Toxic Control Measure (ATCM)

to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from

Composite Wood Products

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH)

CDPH SECTION 01350 Standard Method for the Testing and

Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical

Emissions from Indoor Sources using

Environmental Chambers

CSA GROUP (CSA)

CSA Z809-08 (R2013) Sustainable Forest Management

FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL (FSC)

FSC STD 01 001 (2000) Principles and Criteria for Forest

Stewardship

INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL (ICC)

Page 214: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 3

ICC IBC (2015) International Building Code

PROGRAMME FOR ENDORSEMENT OF FOREST CERTIFICATION (PEFC)

PEFC ST 2002:2013 (2015) PEFC International Standard Chain of

Custody of Forest Based Products Requirements

SUSTAINABLE FOREST INITIATIVE (SFI)

SFI 2015-2019 (2015) Standards, Rules for Label Use,

Procedures and Guidance

1.2 SUBMITTALS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Review submittal description (SD) definitions

in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and edit the

following list to reflect only the submittals

required for the project.

The Guide Specification technical editors have

designated those items that require Government

approval, due to their complexity or criticality,

with a "G." Generally, other submittal items can be

reviewed by the Contractor's Quality Control System.

Only add a “G” to an item, if the submittal is

sufficiently important or complex in context of the

project.

For submittals requiring Government approval on Army

projects, a code of up to three characters within the

submittal tags may be used following the "G"

designation to indicate the approving authority.

Codes for Army projects using the Resident Management

System (RMS) are: "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO"

for District Office (Engineering Division or other

organization in the District Office); "AO" for Area

Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for

Project Office. Codes following the "G" typically

are not used for Navy, Air Force, and NASA projects.

Use the "S" classification only in SD-11 Closeout

Submittals. The "S" following a submittal item

indicates that the submittal is required for the

Sustainability eNotebook to fulfill federally

mandated sustainable requirements in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force

and NASA projects, or choose the second bracketed

item for Army projects.

***************************************************************************

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for [Contractor Quality Control

approval.] [information only. When used, a designation following the "G"

designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the

Page 215: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 4

Government.] Submittals with an "S" are for inclusion in the Sustainability

eNotebook, in conformance to Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING.

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Approved Detail Drawings; G[, [_____]]

SD-03 Product Data

Installation

Acoustical Wall Panels; G[, [_____]]

SD-04 Samples

Acoustical Wall Panels; G[, [_____]]

SD-07 Certificates

Acoustical Wall Panels

Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Recycled Content for Wood Panels; S

Recycled Content for Fabric Panels; S

Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood; S

Indoor Air Quality for Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products; S

Warranty

[1.3 CERTIFICATIONS

1.3.1 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Sustainably Harvested Wood is a product which comes

from a third-party Forestry Certification Program and

thus carries certain characteristics: 1) Protection

of biodiversity, species at risk and wildlife

habitat, sustainable harvest levels, protection of

water quality, and prompt regeneration (e.g.,

replanting and reforestation); 2) Third-party

certification audits performed by accredited

certification bodies; 3) Publicly available

certification audit summaries; 4) Multi-stakeholder

involvement in a standards development process; 5)

Complaints and appeals process.

Page 216: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 5

Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition before specifying these sustainably

harvested wood certifications - if these conditions

are verified for the project locale, include the

following section. For projects pursuing LEED, delete

certifications other than FSC; for all other projects

pursuing third-party certification allow the entire

list of third party certifications.

***************************************************************************

Provide wood certified as sustainably harvested by FSC STD 01 001[, ATFS

STANDARDS, CSA Z809-08, SFI 2015-2019s, or other third party program

certified by PEFC ST 2002:2013]. Provide a letter of Certification of

Sustainably Harvested Wood signed by the wood supplier. Identify certifying

organization and their third party program name and indicate compliance with

chain-of-custody program requirements. Submit sustainable wood

certification data; identify each certified product on a line item basis.

Submit copies of invoices bearing certification numbers.

[1.3.2 Indoor Air Quality Certification

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Include the following section when composite

wood or agrifiber products are included in project.

***************************************************************************

1.3.2.1 Composite Wood, Wood Structural Panel and Agrifiber Products

For purposes of this specification, composite wood and agrifiber products

include particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), wheatboard,

strawboard, panel substrates, and door cores. Products must contain no

added urea-formaldehyde resins. Provide products certified to meet

emissions requirements of either CARB 93120 or CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit

requirements for either office or classroom spaces regardless of space

type). Provide current product certification documentation from

certification body.

]]1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Protect materials delivered and placed in storage from the weather, humidity

and temperature variations, dirt, dust, or other contaminants.

1.5 WARRANTY

Provide manufacturer's standard performance guarantees or warranties that

extend beyond a one year period.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section, where applicable and to extent allowed by

performance criteria, provide and document the following:

2.1.1 Recycled Content for Acoustical Wall Panel Materials

Page 217: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 6

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

***************************************************************************

Recycled content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT. Other products listed in this section may be

available with recycled content; identify those products that meet project

requirements for recycled content, and provide documentation in accordance

with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph RECYCLED CONTENT.

[2.1.2 Certified Sustainably Harvested Wood

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must verify suitability, availability within

the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying these certifications.

***************************************************************************

Certified sustainably harvested wood is identified for some products in this

section; provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS. Other products listed

in this section may be available as certified sustainably harvested wood;

identify those products that meet project requirements for certified

sustainably harvest wood, and provide documentation in accordance with

Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph BIOBASED PRODUCTS.

]2.1.3 Reduce Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS) for

Products

Reduced VOC content is identified for some products in this section; provide

documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING

paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC) (LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

Other products listed in this section may be available with reduced VOC

content; identify those products that meet project requirements for reduced

VOC content, and provide documentation in accordance with Section 01 33 29

SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING paragraph REDUCE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)

(LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS).

2.12 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2.12.1 Design

Provide [wood][fabric wrapped mineral / glass-fiber core] acoustical wall

panel materials in the manufacturer's standard sizes and finishes of the

type, design and configuration indicated.

Page 218: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 7

[2.12.1.1 Wood Recycled Content

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must verify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Research shows wood panels are available among US

national manufacturers above the minimum recycled

content percentages shown below. Some manufacturers

and regions have higher percentages. Based on

research, insert desired minimum percentages into the

empty set of brackets.

***************************************************************************

Wood Panels must contain a minimum of [50][_____] percent recycled content,

as calculated by the sum of the percentage of pre-consumer and ½ the

percentage of post-industrial recycled content. Provide data identifying

percentage of recycled content for wood panels.

][2.12.1.2 Sustainably Harvested Wood

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use certified sustainably harvested wood where

suitable for application and cost effective.

Designer must verify suitability, availability within

the region, cost effectiveness, and adequate

competition before specifying this certification.

***************************************************************************

Wood Panels must contain a minimum of [50][_____] percent certified

sustainably harvested wood. Provide documentation that certified

sustainably harvested wood is used and identify percentage.

][2.12.1.3 Fabric Recycled Content

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Use materials with recycled content,

calculated on the basis of post-industrial and post-

consumer percentage content where appropriate for

use. Designer must vVerify suitability, availability

within the region, cost effectiveness and adequate

competition (including verification of bracketed

percentages included in this guide specification)

before specifying product recycled content

requirements.

Based on research, recycled content percentages of

fabric panels varies among national manufacturers.

Designer must research acceptable products and insert

minimum percentage in the empty bracket below.

Page 219: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 8

***************************************************************************

Fabric Panels must contain a minimum of [_____] percent recycled content, as

calculated by the sum of the percentage of pre-consumer and 1/2 the

percentage of post-industrial recycled content. Provide data identifying

percentage of recycled content for fabric panels.

Composite wood and agrifiber products must contain no added urea-

formaldehyde resins. Products containing composite wood and agrifiber

components must be certified to meet emissions requirements of either CARB

93120 or CDPH SECTION 01350 (limit requirements for either office or

classroom spaces regardless of space type). Provide certification

validation of indoor air quality for composite wood and agrifiber products.

]2.23 FABRIC COVERED ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Drawings must show locations and dimensions of

acoustical panels, details of joints, base, head, and

mounting details.

The same or similar acoustical benefits can possibly

be obtained by other means such as wall covering,

etc.

Omit the following items that do not meet project

requirements.

***************************************************************************

Provide acoustical wall panels consisting of prefinished, factory assembled,

seamless fabric covered, fiber glass or mineral fiber core system as

described below manufactured to the dimensions and configurations shown on

the approved detail drawings; submit drawings showing plan locations,

elevations and details of method of anchorage, location of doors and other

openings, base detail and shape and thickness of materials. Perimeter edges

must be [non-reinforced.] [reinforced by either an aluminum frame or a

formulated resin edge hardener.] Acoustical wall panels installed in non-

sprinklered areas must comply with the requirements of ICC IBC, Standard 42-

2. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data and catalog cuts; fabric and

vinyl swatches, minimum 450 mm (18 inches) wide by 600 mm (24 inches) long

[3] [_____] samples of each color range specified; and certificates of

compliance from an independent laboratory accredited by the National

Laboratory Accreditation Program of the National Institute of Standards. A

label or listing from the testing laboratory will be acceptable evidence of

compliance. Wall panels must conform to the following:

2.23.1 Panel Width

[Widths must be [600] [750] [1200] [1500] mm ([24] [30] [48] [60] inches)]

[End panels may vary in width as necessary to cover wall] [Panel width must

be as detailed.]

2.23.2 Panel Height

[Heights must be [2400] [2700] [3000] mm ([96] [108] [120] inches).] [[Field

measures panels for custom fit to ceiling.] [Tolerance at floor as

detailed].] [Panel height must be as detailed.]

Page 220: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 9

2.23.3 Thickness

[Panel thickness as required to meet the indicated NRC range] [_____].

2.23.4 Fabric Covering

Seamless [non-woven, embossed texture, needle punched 100 percent polyester,

minimum 0.034 kg/linear meter (11 ounces/linear yard). Tear strength a

minimum 110 N (25 pounds) machine direction and minimum 178 N (40 pounds)

cross-machine direction. Tensile strength a minimum 220 N (50 pounds)

machine direction and minimum 330 N (75 pounds) cross-machine direction in

accordance with ASTM D5034.] [plain woven 2-ply 100 percent polyester,

minimum 0.47 kg/linear meter (15 ounces/linear yard). Tear strength a

minimum 129 N (29 pounds). Tensile strength 667 N (150 pounds) minimum in

accordance with ASTM D5034.] [perforated vinyl covering with fabric backing,

minimum 0.62 kg/linear meter (20 ounces/linear yard) total weight.] Stretch

fabric covering free of wrinkles and then bond to the edges and back or bond

directly to the panel face, edges, and back of panel a minimum distance

standard with the manufacturer. Light fastness (fadeometer) approximately

40 hours in accordance with AATCC 16.

2.23.5 Fire Rating for the Complete Composite System

Class A, 200 or less smoke density and flame spread less than 25, when

tested in accordance with ASTM E84.

2.23.6 Substrate

Fiber glass or mineral fiber

2.23.7 Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) Range

[0.50-0.60] [0.80-0.90] [_____] ASTM C423

2.23.8 Edge Detail

[Half bevel] [Bevel] [Radius] [Square] [Mitered] [_____] edge with fabric

wrapped on all four sides.

2.23.9 Core Type

[Standard acoustical] [High impact acoustical] [Acoustical/tackable] [_____]

core

2.23.10 Mounting Acoustical Panels

Mount acoustical panels by manufacturer's standard [concealed spline]

[mechanical fasteners] [magnetic fasteners] [hook and loop] [adhesive

mounting] [_____].

2.34 COLOR

***************************************************************************

NOTE: Editing of color reference sentence(s) must be

coordinated with the Government. Generally Section

09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES or drawing is used

Page 221: ********************************************************** 09... · compressive strength of not less than 31 MPa (4,500 psi) when tested dry in accordance with ASTM C472. ][2.3.3

UFGS Energy Updates 2017-Task 2 60516512S2

Section 09 84 20 Page 10

when the project is designed by an Architect or

Interior designer. Select color from manufacturers

standard colors or identified as a manufacturers

color in this specification only when the project is

very simple and has minimal finishes.

When the Government directs that color be located in

the drawings add a note that states: "Where color is

shown as being specific to one manufacturer, an

equivalent color by another manufacturer may be

submitted for approval. Manufacturers and materials

specified are not intended to limit the selection of

equal colors from other manufacturers. The word

"color" as used herein includes surface color and

pattern."

Prior to specifying a custom color finish, research

to determine if additional cost and lead time is

feasible. Note there is often a minimum order

requirement; this requirement will also affect future

orders.

When a manufacturer's name, stock number, pattern,

and color is used, be certain that the product

conforms to this specification, as edited.

***************************************************************************

[In accordance with Section 09 06 00 SCHEDULES FOR FINISHES] [As indicated]

[Selected from manufacturers standard colors] [[_____]. Color listed is not

intended to limit the selection of equal colors from other manufacturers.]

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

mustshall be clean, smooth, oil free and prepared in accordance with panel

manufacturer's instructions. Do not begin installation until all wet work,

such as, plastering, painting, and concrete are completely dry.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Panel installation must be by personnel familiar with and normally engaged

in installation of acoustical wall panels. Apply panels in accordance with

the manufacturer's installation instructions. Submit manufacturer's

installation instructions and recommended cleaning instructions.

3.3 CLEANING

Following installation, clean dirty or stained panel surfaces in accordance

with manufacturer's instructions and leave free from defects. Remove and

replace panels that are damaged, discolored, or improperly installed.

-- End of Section --